1 //===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===// 2 // 3 // The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4 // 5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7 // 8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9 // 10 // This file implements semantic analysis for declarations. 11 // 12 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 13 14 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" 15 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h" 16 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h" 17 #include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h" 18 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h" 19 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" 20 #include "TypeLocBuilder.h" 21 #include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h" 22 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" 23 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h" 24 #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" 25 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" 26 #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" 27 #include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h" 28 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" 29 #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h" 30 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" 31 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 32 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h" 33 #include "clang/Parse/ParseDiagnostic.h" 34 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" 35 #include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h" 36 #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" 37 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" 38 // FIXME: layering (ideally, Sema shouldn't be dependent on Lex API's) 39 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" 40 #include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" 41 #include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" 42 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h" 43 #include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h" 44 #include <algorithm> 45 #include <cstring> 46 #include <functional> 47 using namespace clang; 48 using namespace sema; 49 50 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType) { 51 if (OwnedType) { 52 Decl *Group[2] = { OwnedType, Ptr }; 53 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, 2)); 54 } 55 56 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr)); 57 } 58 59 namespace { 60 61 class TypeNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 62 public: 63 TypeNameValidatorCCC(bool AllowInvalid, bool WantClass=false) 64 : AllowInvalidDecl(AllowInvalid), WantClassName(WantClass) { 65 WantExpressionKeywords = false; 66 WantCXXNamedCasts = false; 67 WantRemainingKeywords = false; 68 } 69 70 virtual bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) { 71 if (NamedDecl *ND = candidate.getCorrectionDecl()) 72 return (isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND)) && 73 (AllowInvalidDecl || !ND->isInvalidDecl()); 74 else 75 return !WantClassName && candidate.isKeyword(); 76 } 77 78 private: 79 bool AllowInvalidDecl; 80 bool WantClassName; 81 }; 82 83 } 84 85 /// \brief Determine whether the token kind starts a simple-type-specifier. 86 bool Sema::isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const { 87 switch (Kind) { 88 // FIXME: Take into account the current language when deciding whether a 89 // token kind is a valid type specifier 90 case tok::kw_short: 91 case tok::kw_long: 92 case tok::kw___int64: 93 case tok::kw___int128: 94 case tok::kw_signed: 95 case tok::kw_unsigned: 96 case tok::kw_void: 97 case tok::kw_char: 98 case tok::kw_int: 99 case tok::kw_half: 100 case tok::kw_float: 101 case tok::kw_double: 102 case tok::kw_wchar_t: 103 case tok::kw_bool: 104 case tok::kw___underlying_type: 105 return true; 106 107 case tok::annot_typename: 108 case tok::kw_char16_t: 109 case tok::kw_char32_t: 110 case tok::kw_typeof: 111 case tok::kw_decltype: 112 return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 113 114 default: 115 break; 116 } 117 118 return false; 119 } 120 121 /// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope, 122 /// return the declaration of that type. 123 /// 124 /// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II 125 /// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to 126 /// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an 127 /// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that 128 /// type. Otherwise, returns NULL. 129 /// 130 /// If name lookup results in an ambiguity, this routine will complain 131 /// and then return NULL. 132 ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 133 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 134 bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot, 135 ParsedType ObjectTypePtr, 136 bool IsCtorOrDtorName, 137 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo, 138 IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII) { 139 // Determine where we will perform name lookup. 140 DeclContext *LookupCtx = 0; 141 if (ObjectTypePtr) { 142 QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get(); 143 if (ObjectType->isRecordType()) 144 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType); 145 } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) { 146 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false); 147 148 if (!LookupCtx) { 149 if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 150 // C++ [temp.res]p3: 151 // A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the 152 // nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2) 153 // shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the 154 // qualified-id denotes a type, forming an 155 // elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3). 156 // 157 // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would 158 // refer to a member of an unknown specialization. 159 if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName) 160 return ParsedType(); 161 162 // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type, 163 // so build a dependent node to describe the type. 164 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) 165 return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get(); 166 167 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context); 168 QualType T = 169 CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc, 170 II, NameLoc); 171 172 return ParsedType::make(T); 173 } 174 175 return ParsedType(); 176 } 177 178 if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() && 179 RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx)) 180 return ParsedType(); 181 } 182 183 // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of 184 // lookup for class-names. 185 LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName : 186 LookupOrdinaryName; 187 LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind); 188 if (LookupCtx) { 189 // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we 190 // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access 191 // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior 192 // nested-name-specifier. 193 LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx); 194 195 if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) { 196 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3: 197 // If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up 198 // in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of 199 // the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also 200 // looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall 201 // find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T. 202 LookupName(Result, S); 203 } 204 } else { 205 // Perform unqualified name lookup. 206 LookupName(Result, S); 207 } 208 209 NamedDecl *IIDecl = 0; 210 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 211 case LookupResult::NotFound: 212 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 213 if (CorrectedII) { 214 TypeNameValidatorCCC Validator(true, isClassName); 215 TypoCorrection Correction = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), 216 Kind, S, SS, Validator); 217 IdentifierInfo *NewII = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 218 TemplateTy Template; 219 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 220 UnqualifiedId TemplateName; 221 TemplateName.setIdentifier(NewII, NameLoc); 222 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier(); 223 CXXScopeSpec NewSS, *NewSSPtr = SS; 224 if (SS && NNS) { 225 NewSS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 226 NewSSPtr = &NewSS; 227 } 228 if (Correction && (NNS || NewII != &II) && 229 // Ignore a correction to a template type as the to-be-corrected 230 // identifier is not a template (typo correction for template names 231 // is handled elsewhere). 232 !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewSSPtr && 233 isTemplateName(S, *NewSSPtr, false, TemplateName, ParsedType(), 234 false, Template, MemberOfUnknownSpecialization))) { 235 ParsedType Ty = getTypeName(*NewII, NameLoc, S, NewSSPtr, 236 isClassName, HasTrailingDot, ObjectTypePtr, 237 IsCtorOrDtorName, 238 WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo); 239 if (Ty) { 240 std::string CorrectedStr(Correction.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 241 std::string CorrectedQuotedStr( 242 Correction.getQuoted(getLangOpts())); 243 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_unknown_type_or_class_name_suggest) 244 << Result.getLookupName() << CorrectedQuotedStr << isClassName 245 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NameLoc), 246 CorrectedStr); 247 if (NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Correction.getCorrectionDecl()) 248 Diag(FirstDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 249 << CorrectedQuotedStr; 250 251 if (SS && NNS) 252 SS->MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 253 *CorrectedII = NewII; 254 return Ty; 255 } 256 } 257 } 258 // If typo correction failed or was not performed, fall through 259 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 260 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 261 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 262 return ParsedType(); 263 264 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 265 // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type. We'll 266 // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can 267 // diagnose the error then. If we don't do this, then the error 268 // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error 269 // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type. 270 if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) { 271 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 272 return ParsedType(); 273 } 274 275 // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results. 276 for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end(); 277 Res != ResEnd; ++Res) { 278 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res)) { 279 if (!IIDecl || 280 (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() < 281 IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding()) 282 IIDecl = *Res; 283 } 284 } 285 286 if (!IIDecl) { 287 // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way 288 // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't 289 // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to 290 // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which 291 // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected 292 // a type name. 293 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 294 return ParsedType(); 295 } 296 297 // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the 298 // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right 299 // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to 300 // perform the name lookup again. 301 break; 302 303 case LookupResult::Found: 304 IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl(); 305 break; 306 } 307 308 assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl"); 309 310 QualType T; 311 if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) { 312 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc); 313 314 if (T.isNull()) 315 T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD); 316 317 // NOTE: avoid constructing an ElaboratedType(Loc) if this is a 318 // constructor or destructor name (in such a case, the scope specifier 319 // will be attached to the enclosing Expr or Decl node). 320 if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty() && !IsCtorOrDtorName) { 321 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) { 322 // Construct a type with type-source information. 323 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 324 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 325 326 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 327 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 328 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 329 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context)); 330 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 331 } else { 332 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 333 } 334 } 335 } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) { 336 (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc); 337 if (!HasTrailingDot) 338 T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl); 339 } 340 341 if (T.isNull()) { 342 // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics. 343 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 344 return ParsedType(); 345 } 346 return ParsedType::make(T); 347 } 348 349 /// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only* 350 /// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo"). If 351 /// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum, 352 /// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_class). This is used to diagnose cases in C 353 /// where the user forgot to specify the tag. 354 DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 355 // Do a tag name lookup in this scope. 356 LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName); 357 LookupName(R, S, false); 358 R.suppressDiagnostics(); 359 if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 360 if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 361 switch (TD->getTagKind()) { 362 case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct; 363 case TTK_Union: return DeclSpec::TST_union; 364 case TTK_Class: return DeclSpec::TST_class; 365 case TTK_Enum: return DeclSpec::TST_enum; 366 } 367 } 368 369 return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified; 370 } 371 372 /// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope, 373 /// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes 374 /// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning. 375 /// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example: 376 /// @code 377 /// template<class T> class A { 378 /// public: 379 /// typedef int TYPE; 380 /// }; 381 /// template<class T> class B : public A<T> { 382 /// public: 383 /// A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class. 384 /// }; 385 /// @endcode 386 bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S) { 387 if (CurContext->isRecord()) { 388 const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType(); 389 390 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 391 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_const_iterator Base = RD->bases_begin(), 392 BaseEnd = RD->bases_end(); Base != BaseEnd; ++Base) 393 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base->getType())) 394 return true; 395 return S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 396 } 397 return CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 398 } 399 400 bool Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II, 401 SourceLocation IILoc, 402 Scope *S, 403 CXXScopeSpec *SS, 404 ParsedType &SuggestedType) { 405 // We don't have anything to suggest (yet). 406 SuggestedType = ParsedType(); 407 408 // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo 409 // results, in case we have something that we can suggest. 410 TypeNameValidatorCCC Validator(false); 411 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(II, IILoc), 412 LookupOrdinaryName, S, SS, 413 Validator)) { 414 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 415 std::string CorrectedQuotedStr(Corrected.getQuoted(getLangOpts())); 416 417 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) { 418 // We corrected to a keyword. 419 IdentifierInfo *NewII = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 420 if (!isSimpleTypeSpecifier(NewII->getTokenID())) 421 CorrectedQuotedStr = "the keyword " + CorrectedQuotedStr; 422 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) 423 << II << CorrectedQuotedStr 424 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(IILoc), CorrectedStr); 425 II = NewII; 426 } else { 427 NamedDecl *Result = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl(); 428 // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that. 429 if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) 430 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) 431 << II << CorrectedQuotedStr 432 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(IILoc), CorrectedStr); 433 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 434 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest) 435 << II << DC << CorrectedQuotedStr << SS->getRange() 436 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(IILoc), CorrectedStr); 437 else 438 llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here"); 439 440 Diag(Result->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 441 << CorrectedQuotedStr; 442 443 SuggestedType = getTypeName(*Result->getIdentifier(), IILoc, S, SS, 444 false, false, ParsedType(), 445 /*IsCtorOrDtorName=*/false, 446 /*NonTrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true); 447 } 448 return true; 449 } 450 451 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 452 // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to. 453 UnqualifiedId Name; 454 Name.setIdentifier(II, IILoc); 455 CXXScopeSpec EmptySS; 456 TemplateTy TemplateResult; 457 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 458 if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false, 459 Name, ParsedType(), true, TemplateResult, 460 MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) { 461 TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.getAsVal<TemplateName>(); 462 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args) << TplName; 463 if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) { 464 Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here) 465 << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange(); 466 } 467 return true; 468 } 469 } 470 471 // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag 472 // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead? 473 474 if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid())) 475 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename) << II; 476 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 477 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_typename_nested_not_found) 478 << II << DC << SS->getRange(); 479 else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 480 unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing; 481 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS, S)) 482 DiagID = diag::warn_typename_missing; 483 484 Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID) 485 << (NestedNameSpecifier *)SS->getScopeRep() << II->getName() 486 << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc) 487 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename "); 488 SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), 489 *SS, *II, IILoc).get(); 490 } else { 491 assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() && 492 "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed"); 493 } 494 495 return true; 496 } 497 498 /// \brief Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name 499 /// or 500 static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) { 501 bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 502 NextToken.is(tok::less); 503 504 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) { 505 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I)) 506 return true; 507 508 if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I)) 509 return true; 510 } 511 512 return false; 513 } 514 515 static bool isTagTypeWithMissingTag(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Result, 516 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 517 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 518 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 519 Result.clear(Sema::LookupTagName); 520 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS); 521 if (TagDecl *Tag = Result.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 522 const char *TagName = 0; 523 const char *FixItTagName = 0; 524 switch (Tag->getTagKind()) { 525 case TTK_Class: 526 TagName = "class"; 527 FixItTagName = "class "; 528 break; 529 530 case TTK_Enum: 531 TagName = "enum"; 532 FixItTagName = "enum "; 533 break; 534 535 case TTK_Struct: 536 TagName = "struct"; 537 FixItTagName = "struct "; 538 break; 539 540 case TTK_Union: 541 TagName = "union"; 542 FixItTagName = "union "; 543 break; 544 } 545 546 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag) 547 << Name << TagName << SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 548 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName); 549 550 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupOrdinaryName); 551 if (SemaRef.LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS)) { 552 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); 553 I != IEnd; ++I) 554 SemaRef.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_decl_hiding_tag_type) 555 << Name << TagName; 556 } 557 return true; 558 } 559 560 Result.clear(Sema::LookupOrdinaryName); 561 return false; 562 } 563 564 Sema::NameClassification Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S, 565 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 566 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 567 SourceLocation NameLoc, 568 const Token &NextToken) { 569 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc); 570 ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl(); 571 572 if (NextToken.is(tok::coloncolon)) { 573 BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(S, *Name, NameLoc, NextToken.getLocation(), 574 QualType(), false, SS, 0, false); 575 576 } 577 578 LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 579 LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod); 580 581 // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically 582 // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method. 583 // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal 584 // unqualified lookup mechanism. 585 if (!SS.isSet() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) { 586 ExprResult E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true); 587 if (E.get() || E.isInvalid()) 588 return E; 589 } 590 591 bool SecondTry = false; 592 bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false; 593 594 Corrected: 595 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 596 case LookupResult::NotFound: 597 // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function 598 // call. 599 if (!SS.isSet() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) { 600 // In C++, this is an ADL-only call. 601 // FIXME: Reference? 602 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 603 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true); 604 605 // C90 6.3.2.2: 606 // If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a 607 // function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no 608 // declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is 609 // implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing 610 // the function call, the declaration 611 // 612 // extern int identifier (); 613 // 614 // appeared. 615 // 616 // We also allow this in C99 as an extension. 617 if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S)) { 618 Result.addDecl(D); 619 Result.resolveKind(); 620 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/false); 621 } 622 } 623 624 // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in 625 // which case it's likely that the user just forget to write "enum", 626 // "struct", or "union". 627 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry && 628 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 629 break; 630 } 631 632 // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is 633 // close to this name. 634 if (!SecondTry) { 635 SecondTry = true; 636 CorrectionCandidateCallback DefaultValidator; 637 // Try to limit which sets of keywords should be included in typo 638 // correction based on what the next token is. 639 DefaultValidator.WantTypeSpecifiers = 640 NextToken.is(tok::l_paren) || NextToken.is(tok::less) || 641 NextToken.is(tok::identifier) || NextToken.is(tok::star) || 642 NextToken.is(tok::amp) || NextToken.is(tok::l_square); 643 DefaultValidator.WantExpressionKeywords = 644 NextToken.is(tok::l_paren) || NextToken.is(tok::identifier) || 645 NextToken.is(tok::arrow) || NextToken.is(tok::period); 646 DefaultValidator.WantRemainingKeywords = 647 NextToken.is(tok::l_paren) || NextToken.is(tok::semi) || 648 NextToken.is(tok::identifier) || NextToken.is(tok::l_brace); 649 DefaultValidator.WantCXXNamedCasts = false; 650 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), 651 Result.getLookupKind(), S, 652 &SS, DefaultValidator)) { 653 unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest; 654 unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest; 655 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 656 std::string CorrectedQuotedStr(Corrected.getQuoted(getLangOpts())); 657 658 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl(); 659 NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl 660 = FirstDecl? FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl() : 0; 661 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 662 UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) { 663 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest; 664 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest; 665 } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl && 666 (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 667 isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 668 isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) { 669 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest; 670 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest; 671 } 672 673 if (SS.isEmpty()) 674 Diag(NameLoc, UnqualifiedDiag) 675 << Name << CorrectedQuotedStr 676 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(NameLoc, CorrectedStr); 677 else 678 Diag(NameLoc, QualifiedDiag) 679 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) << CorrectedQuotedStr 680 << SS.getRange() 681 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(NameLoc, CorrectedStr); 682 683 // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name. 684 Name = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 685 686 // Typo correction corrected to a keyword. 687 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) 688 return Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 689 690 // Also update the LookupResult... 691 // FIXME: This should probably go away at some point 692 Result.clear(); 693 Result.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection()); 694 if (FirstDecl) { 695 Result.addDecl(FirstDecl); 696 Diag(FirstDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 697 << CorrectedQuotedStr; 698 } 699 700 // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let 701 // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to 702 // reference the ivar. 703 // FIXME: This is a gross hack. 704 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) { 705 Result.clear(); 706 ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier())); 707 return move(E); 708 } 709 710 goto Corrected; 711 } 712 } 713 714 // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it. 715 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 716 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 717 718 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: { 719 // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were 720 // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other 721 // dependent nested-name-specifier. 722 723 // C++ [temp.res]p2: 724 // A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is 725 // dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type 726 // unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is 727 // qualified by the keyword typename. 728 // 729 // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to 730 // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a 731 // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template' 732 // keyword here. 733 return BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(), 734 NameInfo, /*TemplateArgs=*/0); 735 } 736 737 case LookupResult::Found: 738 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 739 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 740 break; 741 742 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 743 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 744 hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result)) { 745 // C++ [temp.local]p3: 746 // A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an 747 // ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than 748 // one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found 749 // refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name 750 // is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the 751 // class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not 752 // ambiguous. 753 // 754 // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one, 755 // so try again after filtering out template names. 756 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 757 if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) { 758 IsFilteredTemplateName = true; 759 break; 760 } 761 } 762 763 // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error. 764 return NameClassification::Error(); 765 } 766 767 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 768 (IsFilteredTemplateName || hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result))) { 769 // C++ [temp.names]p3: 770 // After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that 771 // an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of 772 // overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if 773 // this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a 774 // template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator. 775 if (!IsFilteredTemplateName) 776 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 777 778 if (!Result.empty()) { 779 bool IsFunctionTemplate; 780 TemplateName Template; 781 if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) { 782 IsFunctionTemplate = true; 783 Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(), 784 Result.end()); 785 } else { 786 TemplateDecl *TD 787 = cast<TemplateDecl>((*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl()); 788 IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD); 789 790 if (SS.isSet() && !SS.isInvalid()) 791 Template = Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(), 792 /*TemplateKeyword=*/false, 793 TD); 794 else 795 Template = TemplateName(TD); 796 } 797 798 if (IsFunctionTemplate) { 799 // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which 800 // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need 801 // to based on which function we selected. 802 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 803 804 return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template); 805 } 806 807 return NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template); 808 } 809 } 810 811 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 812 if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) { 813 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 814 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 815 return ParsedType::make(T); 816 } 817 818 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl); 819 if (!Class) { 820 // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this. 821 if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias 822 = dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl)) 823 Class = Alias->getClassInterface(); 824 } 825 826 if (Class) { 827 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc); 828 829 if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) { 830 // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression. 831 // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now. 832 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 833 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 834 } 835 836 QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class); 837 return ParsedType::make(T); 838 } 839 840 // Check for a tag type hidden by a non-type decl in a few cases where it 841 // seems likely a type is wanted instead of the non-type that was found. 842 if (!getLangOpts().ObjC1 && FirstDecl && !isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && 843 !isa<TypeAliasTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl)) { 844 bool NextIsOp = NextToken.is(tok::amp) || NextToken.is(tok::star); 845 if ((NextToken.is(tok::identifier) || 846 (NextIsOp && FirstDecl->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate())) && 847 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 848 FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 849 if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) { 850 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 851 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 852 return ParsedType::make(T); 853 } 854 } 855 } 856 857 if (!Result.empty() && (*Result.begin())->isCXXClassMember()) 858 return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, SourceLocation(), Result, 0); 859 860 bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)); 861 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL); 862 } 863 864 // Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a 865 // context. This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the 866 // exact ordering of callbacks from the parser. 867 DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) { 868 869 // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've 870 // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is 871 // the context we'll need to return to. 872 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC)) { 873 DC = DC->getLexicalParent(); 874 875 // A function not defined within a class will always return to its 876 // lexical context. 877 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 878 return DC; 879 880 // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class 881 // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete"); the topmost 882 // class is the context we need to return to. 883 while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent())) 884 DC = RD; 885 886 // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is 887 // declared in. 888 return DC; 889 } 890 891 return DC->getLexicalParent(); 892 } 893 894 void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 895 assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext && 896 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 897 CurContext = DC; 898 S->setEntity(DC); 899 } 900 901 void Sema::PopDeclContext() { 902 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 903 904 CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext); 905 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 906 } 907 908 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context 909 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier. 910 /// 911 void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 912 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13: 913 // A name used in the definition of a static data member of class 914 // X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as 915 // if the name was used in a member function of X. 916 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14: 917 // If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the 918 // scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of 919 // the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as 920 // if the definition of the variable member occurred in its 921 // namespace. 922 // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context 923 // is the semantic context of the declaration. We can't use 924 // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily 925 // lexically contained in the current context. Fortunately, 926 // the containing scope should have the appropriate information. 927 928 assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity"); 929 930 #ifndef NDEBUG 931 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 932 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 933 assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch"); 934 #endif 935 936 CurContext = DC; 937 S->setEntity(DC); 938 } 939 940 void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) { 941 assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!"); 942 943 // Switch back to the lexical context. The safety of this is 944 // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext. 945 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 946 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 947 CurContext = (DeclContext*) Ancestor->getEntity(); 948 949 // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to 950 // disappear. 951 } 952 953 954 void Sema::ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl *D) { 955 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 956 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *TFD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) { 957 // We assume that the caller has already called 958 // ActOnReenterTemplateScope 959 FD = TFD->getTemplatedDecl(); 960 } 961 if (!FD) 962 return; 963 964 // Same implementation as PushDeclContext, but enters the context 965 // from the lexical parent, rather than the top-level class. 966 assert(CurContext == FD->getLexicalParent() && 967 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 968 CurContext = FD; 969 S->setEntity(CurContext); 970 971 for (unsigned P = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); P < NumParams; ++P) { 972 ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(P); 973 // If the parameter has an identifier, then add it to the scope 974 if (Param->getIdentifier()) { 975 S->AddDecl(Param); 976 IdResolver.AddDecl(Param); 977 } 978 } 979 } 980 981 982 void Sema::ActOnExitFunctionContext() { 983 // Same implementation as PopDeclContext, but returns to the lexical parent, 984 // rather than the top-level class. 985 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 986 CurContext = CurContext->getLexicalParent(); 987 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 988 } 989 990 991 /// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function 992 /// PrevDecl with another declaration. 993 /// 994 /// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not 995 /// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return 996 /// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an 997 /// extension, in C when the previous function is already an 998 /// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable" 999 /// attribute. 1000 static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous, 1001 ASTContext &Context) { 1002 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 1003 return true; 1004 1005 if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) 1006 return true; 1007 1008 return (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found 1009 && Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()); 1010 } 1011 1012 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. 1013 void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) { 1014 // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing 1015 // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this 1016 // scope. 1017 while (S->getEntity() && 1018 ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext()) 1019 S = S->getParent(); 1020 1021 // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be 1022 // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted 1023 // into any context. 1024 if (AddToContext) 1025 CurContext->addDecl(D); 1026 1027 // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++. 1028 // Out-of-line variable and function definitions shouldn't even in C. 1029 if ((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) && 1030 D->isOutOfLine() && 1031 !D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 1032 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) 1033 return; 1034 1035 // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope. 1036 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && 1037 cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 1038 return; 1039 1040 // If this replaces anything in the current scope, 1041 IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()), 1042 IEnd = IdResolver.end(); 1043 for (; I != IEnd; ++I) { 1044 if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) { 1045 S->RemoveDecl(*I); 1046 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I); 1047 1048 // Should only need to replace one decl. 1049 break; 1050 } 1051 } 1052 1053 S->AddDecl(D); 1054 1055 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) { 1056 // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that 1057 // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert 1058 // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain. 1059 for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) { 1060 DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 1061 if (IDC == CurContext) { 1062 if (!S->isDeclScope(*I)) 1063 continue; 1064 } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext)) 1065 break; 1066 } 1067 1068 IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D); 1069 } else { 1070 IdResolver.AddDecl(D); 1071 } 1072 } 1073 1074 void Sema::pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name) { 1075 if (IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(D, Name) && TUScope) 1076 TUScope->AddDecl(D); 1077 } 1078 1079 bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *&D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1080 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization) { 1081 return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, Context, S, 1082 ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization); 1083 } 1084 1085 Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1086 DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 1087 do { 1088 if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = (DeclContext*) S->getEntity()) 1089 if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC) 1090 return S; 1091 } while ((S = S->getParent())); 1092 1093 return 0; 1094 } 1095 1096 static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *, 1097 DeclContext*, 1098 ASTContext&); 1099 1100 /// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope 1101 /// as determined by isDeclInScope. 1102 void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, 1103 DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1104 bool ConsiderLinkage, 1105 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization) { 1106 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1107 while (F.hasNext()) { 1108 NamedDecl *D = F.next(); 1109 1110 if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization)) 1111 continue; 1112 1113 if (ConsiderLinkage && 1114 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context)) 1115 continue; 1116 1117 F.erase(); 1118 } 1119 1120 F.done(); 1121 } 1122 1123 static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) { 1124 return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) || 1125 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) || 1126 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D); 1127 } 1128 1129 /// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results. 1130 static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) { 1131 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1132 while (F.hasNext()) 1133 if (isUsingDecl(F.next())) 1134 F.erase(); 1135 1136 F.done(); 1137 } 1138 1139 /// \brief Check for this common pattern: 1140 /// @code 1141 /// class S { 1142 /// S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1143 /// void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1144 /// }; 1145 /// @endcode 1146 static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) { 1147 // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get 1148 // the decl here. 1149 if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody()) 1150 return false; 1151 1152 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) 1153 return CD->isCopyConstructor(); 1154 if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 1155 return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator(); 1156 return false; 1157 } 1158 1159 bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const { 1160 assert(D); 1161 1162 if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1163 return false; 1164 1165 // Ignore class templates. 1166 if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() || 1167 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext()) 1168 return false; 1169 1170 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1171 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1172 return false; 1173 1174 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 1175 if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD)) 1176 return false; 1177 } else { 1178 // 'static inline' functions are used in headers; don't warn. 1179 if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 1180 FD->isInlineSpecified()) 1181 return false; 1182 } 1183 1184 if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() && 1185 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD)) 1186 return false; 1187 } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1188 if (!VD->isFileVarDecl() || 1189 VD->getType().isConstant(Context) || 1190 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD)) 1191 return false; 1192 1193 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && 1194 VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1195 return false; 1196 1197 } else { 1198 return false; 1199 } 1200 1201 // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit. 1202 if (D->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage) 1203 return false; 1204 1205 return true; 1206 } 1207 1208 void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1209 if (!D) 1210 return; 1211 1212 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1213 const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDeclaration(); 1214 if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1215 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1216 } 1217 1218 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1219 const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDeclaration(); 1220 if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1221 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1222 } 1223 1224 if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D)) 1225 UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D); 1226 } 1227 1228 static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1229 if (D->isInvalidDecl()) 1230 return false; 1231 1232 if (D->isReferenced() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1233 return false; 1234 1235 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1236 return true; 1237 1238 // White-list anything that isn't a local variable. 1239 if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D) || 1240 !D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 1241 return false; 1242 1243 // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed. 1244 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1245 1246 // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type. 1247 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 1248 1249 // Only look at the outermost level of typedef. 1250 if (const TypedefType *TT = dyn_cast<TypedefType>(Ty)) { 1251 if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1252 return false; 1253 } 1254 1255 // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is 1256 // dependent, don't diagnose the variable. 1257 if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType()) 1258 return false; 1259 1260 if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) { 1261 const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 1262 if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1263 return false; 1264 1265 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) { 1266 if (!RD->hasTrivialDestructor()) 1267 return false; 1268 1269 if (const Expr *Init = VD->getInit()) { 1270 const CXXConstructExpr *Construct = 1271 dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init); 1272 if (Construct && !Construct->isElidable()) { 1273 CXXConstructorDecl *CD = Construct->getConstructor(); 1274 if (!CD->isTrivial()) 1275 return false; 1276 } 1277 } 1278 } 1279 } 1280 1281 // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates? 1282 } 1283 1284 return true; 1285 } 1286 1287 static void GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D, ASTContext &Ctx, 1288 FixItHint &Hint) { 1289 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) { 1290 SourceLocation AfterColon = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(D->getLocEnd(), 1291 tok::colon, Ctx.getSourceManager(), Ctx.getLangOpts(), true); 1292 if (AfterColon.isInvalid()) 1293 return; 1294 Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(CharSourceRange:: 1295 getCharRange(D->getLocStart(), AfterColon)); 1296 } 1297 return; 1298 } 1299 1300 /// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used 1301 /// unless they are marked attr(unused). 1302 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1303 FixItHint Hint; 1304 if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D)) 1305 return; 1306 1307 GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(D, Context, Hint); 1308 1309 unsigned DiagID; 1310 if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable()) 1311 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param; 1312 else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1313 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label; 1314 else 1315 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable; 1316 1317 Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D->getDeclName() << Hint; 1318 } 1319 1320 static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) { 1321 // Verify that we have no forward references left. If so, there was a goto 1322 // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it. Label fwd 1323 // definitions are indicated with a null substmt. 1324 if (L->getStmt() == 0) 1325 S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) <<L->getDeclName(); 1326 } 1327 1328 void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) { 1329 if (S->decl_empty()) return; 1330 assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) && 1331 "Scope shouldn't contain decls!"); 1332 1333 for (Scope::decl_iterator I = S->decl_begin(), E = S->decl_end(); 1334 I != E; ++I) { 1335 Decl *TmpD = (*I); 1336 assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??"); 1337 1338 assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?"); 1339 NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD); 1340 1341 if (!D->getDeclName()) continue; 1342 1343 // Diagnose unused variables in this scope. 1344 if (!S->hasErrorOccurred()) 1345 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D); 1346 1347 // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined. 1348 if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D)) 1349 CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this); 1350 1351 // Remove this name from our lexical scope. 1352 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D); 1353 } 1354 } 1355 1356 void Sema::ActOnStartFunctionDeclarator() { 1357 ++InFunctionDeclarator; 1358 } 1359 1360 void Sema::ActOnEndFunctionDeclarator() { 1361 assert(InFunctionDeclarator); 1362 --InFunctionDeclarator; 1363 } 1364 1365 /// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit. 1366 /// 1367 /// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If 1368 /// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated 1369 /// to the fixed name. 1370 /// 1371 /// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit. 1372 /// 1373 /// \param DoTypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction 1374 /// if there is no class with the given name. 1375 /// 1376 /// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the 1377 /// class could not be found. 1378 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, 1379 SourceLocation IdLoc, 1380 bool DoTypoCorrection) { 1381 // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in 1382 // creation from this context. 1383 NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 1384 1385 if (!IDecl && DoTypoCorrection) { 1386 // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we 1387 // find an Objective-C class name. 1388 DeclFilterCCC<ObjCInterfaceDecl> Validator; 1389 if (TypoCorrection C = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc), 1390 LookupOrdinaryName, TUScope, NULL, 1391 Validator)) { 1392 IDecl = C.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(); 1393 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) 1394 << Id << IDecl->getDeclName() 1395 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(IdLoc, IDecl->getNameAsString()); 1396 Diag(IDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 1397 << IDecl->getDeclName(); 1398 1399 Id = IDecl->getIdentifier(); 1400 } 1401 } 1402 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl); 1403 // This routine must always return a class definition, if any. 1404 if (Def && Def->getDefinition()) 1405 Def = Def->getDefinition(); 1406 return Def; 1407 } 1408 1409 /// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting 1410 /// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes 1411 /// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and 1412 /// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but 1413 /// ill-formed in C++: 1414 /// @code 1415 /// struct S6 { 1416 /// enum { BAR } e; 1417 /// }; 1418 /// 1419 /// void test_S6() { 1420 /// struct S6 a; 1421 /// a.e = BAR; 1422 /// } 1423 /// @endcode 1424 /// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different 1425 /// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration 1426 /// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated 1427 /// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent 1428 /// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this 1429 /// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the 1430 /// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot 1431 /// contain non-field names. 1432 Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) { 1433 while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 1434 (S->getEntity() && 1435 ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext()) || 1436 (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)) 1437 S = S->getParent(); 1438 return S; 1439 } 1440 1441 /// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at 1442 /// file scope. lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true 1443 /// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the 1444 /// built-in. 1445 NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned bid, 1446 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, 1447 SourceLocation Loc) { 1448 Builtin::ID BID = (Builtin::ID)bid; 1449 1450 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 1451 QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(BID, Error); 1452 switch (Error) { 1453 case ASTContext::GE_None: 1454 // Okay 1455 break; 1456 1457 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio: 1458 if (ForRedeclaration) 1459 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_stdio) 1460 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1461 return 0; 1462 1463 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp: 1464 if (ForRedeclaration) 1465 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_setjmp) 1466 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1467 return 0; 1468 1469 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext: 1470 if (ForRedeclaration) 1471 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_ucontext) 1472 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1473 return 0; 1474 } 1475 1476 if (!ForRedeclaration && Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BID)) { 1477 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl) 1478 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID) 1479 << R; 1480 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) && 1481 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc) 1482 != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 1483 Diag(Loc, diag::note_please_include_header) 1484 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) 1485 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1486 } 1487 1488 FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, 1489 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 1490 Loc, Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/0, 1491 SC_Extern, 1492 SC_None, false, 1493 /*hasPrototype=*/true); 1494 New->setImplicit(); 1495 1496 // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the 1497 // FunctionDecl. 1498 if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) { 1499 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 1500 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i) { 1501 ParmVarDecl *parm = 1502 ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), 1503 SourceLocation(), 0, 1504 FT->getArgType(i), /*TInfo=*/0, 1505 SC_None, SC_None, 0); 1506 parm->setScopeInfo(0, i); 1507 Params.push_back(parm); 1508 } 1509 New->setParams(Params); 1510 } 1511 1512 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New); 1513 1514 // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into. 1515 // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to 1516 // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext 1517 // entirely, but we're not there yet. 1518 DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext; 1519 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 1520 PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope); 1521 CurContext = SavedContext; 1522 return New; 1523 } 1524 1525 bool Sema::isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New) { 1526 QualType OldType; 1527 if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1528 OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType(); 1529 else 1530 OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old); 1531 QualType NewType = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1532 1533 if (NewType->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 1534 // Must not redefine a typedef with a variably-modified type. 1535 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 1536 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_variably_modified_typedef) 1537 << Kind << NewType; 1538 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1539 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1540 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1541 return true; 1542 } 1543 1544 if (OldType != NewType && 1545 !OldType->isDependentType() && 1546 !NewType->isDependentType() && 1547 !Context.hasSameType(OldType, NewType)) { 1548 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 1549 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef) 1550 << Kind << NewType << OldType; 1551 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1552 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1553 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1554 return true; 1555 } 1556 return false; 1557 } 1558 1559 /// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the 1560 /// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out 1561 /// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting 1562 /// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid. 1563 /// 1564 void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls) { 1565 // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any 1566 // merging checks. 1567 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return; 1568 1569 // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs. 1570 // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent! 1571 if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) { 1572 const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier(); 1573 switch (TypeID->getLength()) { 1574 default: break; 1575 case 2: 1576 { 1577 if (!TypeID->isStr("id")) 1578 break; 1579 QualType T = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1580 if (!T->isPointerType()) 1581 break; 1582 if (!T->isVoidPointerType()) { 1583 QualType PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 1584 if (!PT->isStructureType()) 1585 break; 1586 } 1587 Context.setObjCIdRedefinitionType(T); 1588 // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition. 1589 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr()); 1590 return; 1591 } 1592 case 5: 1593 if (!TypeID->isStr("Class")) 1594 break; 1595 Context.setObjCClassRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1596 // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition. 1597 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr()); 1598 return; 1599 case 3: 1600 if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL")) 1601 break; 1602 Context.setObjCSelRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1603 // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition. 1604 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr()); 1605 return; 1606 } 1607 // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type. 1608 } 1609 1610 // Verify the old decl was also a type. 1611 TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 1612 if (!Old) { 1613 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 1614 << New->getDeclName(); 1615 1616 NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl(); 1617 if (OldD->getLocation().isValid()) 1618 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1619 1620 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1621 } 1622 1623 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 1624 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 1625 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1626 1627 // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and 1628 // with any extensions enabled. 1629 if (isIncompatibleTypedef(Old, New)) 1630 return; 1631 1632 // The types match. Link up the redeclaration chain if the old 1633 // declaration was a typedef. 1634 if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1635 New->setPreviousDeclaration(Typedef); 1636 1637 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 1638 return; 1639 1640 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 1641 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2: 1642 // In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to 1643 // redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer 1644 // to the type to which it already refers. 1645 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)) 1646 return; 1647 1648 // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4: 1649 // In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine 1650 // any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name 1651 // to refer to the type to which it already refers. 1652 // 1653 // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the 1654 // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like: 1655 // 1656 // struct S { 1657 // typedef struct A { } A; 1658 // }; 1659 // 1660 // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which 1661 // allow the above but disallow 1662 // 1663 // struct S { 1664 // typedef int I; 1665 // typedef int I; 1666 // }; 1667 // 1668 // since that was the intent of DR56. 1669 if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1670 return; 1671 1672 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 1673 << New->getDeclName(); 1674 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1675 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1676 } 1677 1678 // Modules always permit redefinition of typedefs, as does C11. 1679 if (getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().C11) 1680 return; 1681 1682 // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning. This warning 1683 // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with 1684 // -Wtypedef-redefinition. If either the original or the redefinition is 1685 // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC. 1686 if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() && 1687 (Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) || 1688 Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation()))) 1689 return; 1690 1691 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefinition_of_typedef) 1692 << New->getDeclName(); 1693 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1694 return; 1695 } 1696 1697 /// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target 1698 /// attribute. 1699 static bool 1700 DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) { 1701 // There can be multiple AvailabilityAttr in a Decl. Make sure we copy 1702 // all of them. It is mergeAvailabilityAttr in SemaDeclAttr.cpp that is 1703 // responsible for making sure they are consistent. 1704 const AvailabilityAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(A); 1705 if (AA) 1706 return false; 1707 1708 const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A); 1709 const AnnotateAttr *Ann = dyn_cast<AnnotateAttr>(A); 1710 for (Decl::attr_iterator i = D->attr_begin(), e = D->attr_end(); i != e; ++i) 1711 if ((*i)->getKind() == A->getKind()) { 1712 if (Ann) { 1713 if (Ann->getAnnotation() == cast<AnnotateAttr>(*i)->getAnnotation()) 1714 return true; 1715 continue; 1716 } 1717 // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check 1718 if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(*i)) 1719 return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(*i)->getOwnKind(); 1720 return true; 1721 } 1722 1723 return false; 1724 } 1725 1726 bool Sema::mergeDeclAttribute(Decl *D, InheritableAttr *Attr) { 1727 InheritableAttr *NewAttr = NULL; 1728 if (AvailabilityAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(Attr)) 1729 NewAttr = mergeAvailabilityAttr(D, AA->getRange(), AA->getPlatform(), 1730 AA->getIntroduced(), AA->getDeprecated(), 1731 AA->getObsoleted(), AA->getUnavailable(), 1732 AA->getMessage()); 1733 else if (VisibilityAttr *VA = dyn_cast<VisibilityAttr>(Attr)) 1734 NewAttr = mergeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility()); 1735 else if (DLLImportAttr *ImportA = dyn_cast<DLLImportAttr>(Attr)) 1736 NewAttr = mergeDLLImportAttr(D, ImportA->getRange()); 1737 else if (DLLExportAttr *ExportA = dyn_cast<DLLExportAttr>(Attr)) 1738 NewAttr = mergeDLLExportAttr(D, ExportA->getRange()); 1739 else if (FormatAttr *FA = dyn_cast<FormatAttr>(Attr)) 1740 NewAttr = mergeFormatAttr(D, FA->getRange(), FA->getType(), 1741 FA->getFormatIdx(), FA->getFirstArg()); 1742 else if (SectionAttr *SA = dyn_cast<SectionAttr>(Attr)) 1743 NewAttr = mergeSectionAttr(D, SA->getRange(), SA->getName()); 1744 else if (!DeclHasAttr(D, Attr)) 1745 NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(Attr->clone(Context)); 1746 1747 if (NewAttr) { 1748 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 1749 D->addAttr(NewAttr); 1750 return true; 1751 } 1752 1753 return false; 1754 } 1755 1756 static const Decl *getDefinition(Decl *D) { 1757 if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 1758 return TD->getDefinition(); 1759 if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) 1760 return VD->getDefinition(); 1761 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1762 const FunctionDecl* Def; 1763 if (FD->hasBody(Def)) 1764 return Def; 1765 } 1766 return NULL; 1767 } 1768 1769 /// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one. 1770 void Sema::mergeDeclAttributes(Decl *New, Decl *Old, 1771 bool MergeDeprecation) { 1772 // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored 1773 const Decl *Def = getDefinition(Old); 1774 if (Def && Def != New && New->hasAttrs()) { 1775 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition); 1776 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1777 New->dropAttrs(); 1778 } 1779 1780 if (!Old->hasAttrs()) 1781 return; 1782 1783 bool foundAny = New->hasAttrs(); 1784 1785 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before 1786 // we process them. 1787 if (!foundAny) New->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 1788 1789 for (specific_attr_iterator<InheritableAttr> 1790 i = Old->specific_attr_begin<InheritableAttr>(), 1791 e = Old->specific_attr_end<InheritableAttr>(); 1792 i != e; ++i) { 1793 // Ignore deprecated/unavailable/availability attributes if requested. 1794 if (!MergeDeprecation && 1795 (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(*i) || 1796 isa<UnavailableAttr>(*i) || 1797 isa<AvailabilityAttr>(*i))) 1798 continue; 1799 1800 if (mergeDeclAttribute(New, *i)) 1801 foundAny = true; 1802 } 1803 1804 if (!foundAny) New->dropAttrs(); 1805 } 1806 1807 /// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter 1808 /// to the new one. 1809 static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl, 1810 const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl, 1811 ASTContext &C) { 1812 if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs()) 1813 return; 1814 1815 bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs(); 1816 1817 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is 1818 // done before we process them. 1819 if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 1820 1821 for (specific_attr_iterator<InheritableParamAttr> 1822 i = oldDecl->specific_attr_begin<InheritableParamAttr>(), 1823 e = oldDecl->specific_attr_end<InheritableParamAttr>(); i != e; ++i) { 1824 if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, *i)) { 1825 InheritableAttr *newAttr = cast<InheritableParamAttr>((*i)->clone(C)); 1826 newAttr->setInherited(true); 1827 newDecl->addAttr(newAttr); 1828 foundAny = true; 1829 } 1830 } 1831 1832 if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs(); 1833 } 1834 1835 namespace { 1836 1837 /// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in 1838 /// C. 1839 struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning { 1840 ParmVarDecl *OldParm; 1841 ParmVarDecl *NewParm; 1842 QualType PromotedType; 1843 }; 1844 1845 } 1846 1847 /// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method. 1848 Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 1849 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) { 1850 if (Ctor->isDefaultConstructor()) 1851 return Sema::CXXDefaultConstructor; 1852 1853 if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor()) 1854 return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor; 1855 1856 if (Ctor->isMoveConstructor()) 1857 return Sema::CXXMoveConstructor; 1858 } else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) { 1859 return Sema::CXXDestructor; 1860 } else if (MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) { 1861 return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment; 1862 } else if (MD->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) { 1863 return Sema::CXXMoveAssignment; 1864 } 1865 1866 return Sema::CXXInvalid; 1867 } 1868 1869 /// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently, 1870 /// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in 1871 /// GNU89 mode. 1872 static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD, 1873 const LangOptions& LangOpts) { 1874 return ((FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() || LangOpts.GNUInline) && 1875 !LangOpts.CPlusPlus && 1876 FD->isInlineSpecified() && 1877 FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern); 1878 } 1879 1880 /// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from 1881 /// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous 1882 /// declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this situation, 1883 /// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 1884 /// 1885 /// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not 1886 /// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are 1887 /// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be 1888 /// merged with. 1889 /// 1890 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise. 1891 bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, Decl *OldD, Scope *S) { 1892 // Verify the old decl was also a function. 1893 FunctionDecl *Old = 0; 1894 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldFunctionTemplate 1895 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldD)) 1896 Old = OldFunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl(); 1897 else 1898 Old = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldD); 1899 if (!Old) { 1900 if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) { 1901 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 1902 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 1903 diag::note_using_decl_target); 1904 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), 1905 diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 1906 return true; 1907 } 1908 1909 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 1910 << New->getDeclName(); 1911 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1912 return true; 1913 } 1914 1915 // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition, 1916 // implicit declaration, or a declaration. 1917 diag::kind PrevDiag; 1918 if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 1919 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition; 1920 else if (Old->isImplicit()) 1921 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration; 1922 else 1923 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration; 1924 1925 QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType()); 1926 QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 1927 1928 // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function 1929 // is an extern inline function. 1930 if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) && 1931 New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 1932 Old->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && 1933 !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOpts())) { 1934 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 1935 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_static_non_static) << New; 1936 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag); 1937 } else { 1938 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New; 1939 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag); 1940 return true; 1941 } 1942 } 1943 1944 // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is 1945 // later declared or defined without one, the second decl assumes the 1946 // calling convention of the first. 1947 // 1948 // For the new decl, we have to look at the NON-canonical type to tell the 1949 // difference between a function that really doesn't have a calling 1950 // convention and one that is declared cdecl. That's because in 1951 // canonicalization (see ASTContext.cpp), cdecl is canonicalized away 1952 // because it is the default calling convention. 1953 // 1954 // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have 1955 // other tests to run. 1956 const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType); 1957 const FunctionType *NewType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 1958 FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo(); 1959 FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo(); 1960 bool RequiresAdjustment = false; 1961 if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != CC_Default && 1962 NewTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default) { 1963 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()); 1964 RequiresAdjustment = true; 1965 } else if (!Context.isSameCallConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC(), 1966 NewTypeInfo.getCC())) { 1967 // Calling conventions really aren't compatible, so complain. 1968 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change) 1969 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC()) 1970 << (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default) 1971 << (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default ? "" : 1972 FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC())); 1973 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 1974 return true; 1975 } 1976 1977 // FIXME: diagnose the other way around? 1978 if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 1979 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true); 1980 RequiresAdjustment = true; 1981 } 1982 1983 // Merge regparm attribute. 1984 if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() || 1985 OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) { 1986 if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) { 1987 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch) 1988 << NewType->getRegParmType() 1989 << OldType->getRegParmType(); 1990 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 1991 return true; 1992 } 1993 1994 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm()); 1995 RequiresAdjustment = true; 1996 } 1997 1998 // Merge ns_returns_retained attribute. 1999 if (OldTypeInfo.getProducesResult() != NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 2000 if (NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 2001 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_returns_retained_mismatch); 2002 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2003 return true; 2004 } 2005 2006 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withProducesResult(true); 2007 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2008 } 2009 2010 if (RequiresAdjustment) { 2011 NewType = Context.adjustFunctionType(NewType, NewTypeInfo); 2012 New->setType(QualType(NewType, 0)); 2013 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 2014 } 2015 2016 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 2017 // (C++98 13.1p2): 2018 // Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded: 2019 // -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type 2020 // cannot be overloaded. 2021 QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getResultType(); 2022 QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getResultType(); 2023 QualType ResQT; 2024 if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) { 2025 if (NewReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() 2026 && OldReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 2027 ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType); 2028 if (ResQT.isNull()) { 2029 if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine()) 2030 Diag(New->getLocation(), 2031 diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type) << New; 2032 else 2033 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type); 2034 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2035 return true; 2036 } 2037 else 2038 NewQType = ResQT; 2039 } 2040 2041 const CXXMethodDecl* OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old); 2042 CXXMethodDecl* NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New); 2043 if (OldMethod && NewMethod) { 2044 // Preserve triviality. 2045 NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial()); 2046 2047 // MSVC allows explicit template specialization at class scope: 2048 // 2 CXMethodDecls referring to the same function will be injected. 2049 // We don't want a redeclartion error. 2050 bool IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = 2051 OldMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 2052 NewMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization(); 2053 bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind(); 2054 2055 if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 2056 !IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 2057 // -- Member function declarations with the same name and the 2058 // same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them 2059 // is a static member function declaration. 2060 if (OldMethod->isStatic() || NewMethod->isStatic()) { 2061 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member); 2062 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2063 return true; 2064 } 2065 2066 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 2067 // [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the 2068 // member-specification, except that a nested class or member 2069 // class template can be declared and then later defined. 2070 unsigned NewDiag; 2071 if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod)) 2072 NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared; 2073 else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod)) 2074 NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared; 2075 else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod)) 2076 NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared; 2077 else 2078 NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared; 2079 2080 Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag); 2081 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2082 2083 // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special 2084 // member that was initially declared implicitly. 2085 // 2086 // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order 2087 // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls. 2088 } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) { 2089 if (isFriend) { 2090 NewMethod->setImplicit(); 2091 } else { 2092 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 2093 diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member) 2094 << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 2095 return true; 2096 } 2097 } else if (OldMethod->isExplicitlyDefaulted() && !isFriend) { 2098 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 2099 diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member) 2100 << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 2101 return true; 2102 } 2103 } 2104 2105 // (C++98 8.3.5p3): 2106 // All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the 2107 // return type and the parameter-type-list. 2108 // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn. 2109 2110 // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it. 2111 QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType; 2112 if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 2113 assert(OldQType == QualType(OldType, 0)); 2114 const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison 2115 = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true)); 2116 OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0); 2117 assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical()); 2118 } 2119 2120 if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType) 2121 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S); 2122 2123 // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions. 2124 } 2125 2126 // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles 2127 // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly. 2128 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 2129 Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) { 2130 const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2131 const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2132 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = 0; 2133 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) && 2134 (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) { 2135 // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the 2136 // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype. 2137 assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C"); 2138 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->arg_type_begin(), 2139 OldProto->arg_type_end()); 2140 NewQType = Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getResultType(), 2141 ParamTypes.data(), ParamTypes.size(), 2142 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()); 2143 New->setType(NewQType); 2144 New->setHasInheritedPrototype(); 2145 2146 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 2147 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 2148 for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator 2149 ParamType = OldProto->arg_type_begin(), 2150 ParamEnd = OldProto->arg_type_end(); 2151 ParamType != ParamEnd; ++ParamType) { 2152 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, 2153 SourceLocation(), 2154 SourceLocation(), 0, 2155 *ParamType, /*TInfo=*/0, 2156 SC_None, SC_None, 2157 0); 2158 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 2159 Param->setImplicit(); 2160 Params.push_back(Param); 2161 } 2162 2163 New->setParams(Params); 2164 } 2165 2166 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S); 2167 } 2168 2169 // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration 2170 // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition 2171 // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the 2172 // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ 2173 // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from 2174 // the prototype. 2175 // 2176 // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition, 2177 // the K&R definition becomes variadic. This is sort of an edge case, but 2178 // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and 2179 // C99 6.9.1p8. 2180 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 2181 Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() && 2182 New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() && 2183 Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) { 2184 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes; 2185 SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings; 2186 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto 2187 = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 2188 const FunctionProtoType *NewProto 2189 = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 2190 2191 // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension. 2192 QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getResultType(), 2193 NewProto->getResultType()); 2194 bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull(); 2195 for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams(); 2196 LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) { 2197 ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx); 2198 ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx); 2199 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 2200 NewProto->getArgType(Idx))) { 2201 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 2202 } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 2203 NewParm->getType(), 2204 /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) { 2205 GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn 2206 = { OldParm, NewParm, NewProto->getArgType(Idx) }; 2207 Warnings.push_back(Warn); 2208 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 2209 } else 2210 LooseCompatible = false; 2211 } 2212 2213 if (LooseCompatible) { 2214 for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) { 2215 Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(), 2216 diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype) 2217 << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType 2218 << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType(); 2219 if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid()) 2220 Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(), 2221 diag::note_previous_declaration); 2222 } 2223 2224 New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, &ArgTypes[0], 2225 ArgTypes.size(), 2226 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo())); 2227 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S); 2228 } 2229 2230 // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types. 2231 } 2232 2233 // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or defined 2234 // with a different type- show appropriate diagnostic 2235 if (unsigned BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID()) { 2236 // The user has declared a builtin function with an incompatible 2237 // signature. 2238 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 2239 // The function the user is redeclaring is a library-defined 2240 // function like 'malloc' or 'printf'. Warn about the 2241 // redeclaration, then pretend that we don't know about this 2242 // library built-in. 2243 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New; 2244 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration) 2245 << Old << Old->getType(); 2246 New->getIdentifier()->setBuiltinID(Builtin::NotBuiltin); 2247 Old->setInvalidDecl(); 2248 return false; 2249 } 2250 2251 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration; 2252 } 2253 2254 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName(); 2255 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2256 return true; 2257 } 2258 2259 /// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are 2260 /// known to be compatible. 2261 /// 2262 /// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other 2263 /// properties of function declarations form the old declaration to 2264 /// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a 2265 /// redeclaration of Old. 2266 /// 2267 /// \returns false 2268 bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, 2269 Scope *S) { 2270 // Merge the attributes 2271 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 2272 2273 // Merge the storage class. 2274 if (Old->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern && 2275 Old->getStorageClass() != SC_None) 2276 New->setStorageClass(Old->getStorageClass()); 2277 2278 // Merge "pure" flag. 2279 if (Old->isPure()) 2280 New->setPure(); 2281 2282 // Merge attributes from the parameters. These can mismatch with K&R 2283 // declarations. 2284 if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams()) 2285 for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) 2286 mergeParamDeclAttributes(New->getParamDecl(i), Old->getParamDecl(i), 2287 Context); 2288 2289 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 2290 return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old, S); 2291 2292 return false; 2293 } 2294 2295 2296 void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod, 2297 ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) { 2298 2299 // Merge the attributes, including deprecated/unavailable 2300 mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, /* mergeDeprecation */true); 2301 2302 // Merge attributes from the parameters. 2303 ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(), 2304 oe = oldMethod->param_end(); 2305 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator 2306 ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end(); 2307 ni != ne && oi != oe; ++ni, ++oi) 2308 mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, Context); 2309 2310 CheckObjCMethodOverride(newMethod, oldMethod, true); 2311 } 2312 2313 /// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and 2314 /// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to merge their types, 2315 /// emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 2316 /// 2317 /// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back 2318 /// to here in AddInitializerToDecl. We can't check them before the initializer 2319 /// is attached. 2320 void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old) { 2321 if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl()) 2322 return; 2323 2324 QualType MergedT; 2325 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 2326 AutoType *AT = New->getType()->getContainedAutoType(); 2327 if (AT && !AT->isDeduced()) { 2328 // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached. 2329 return; 2330 } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) { 2331 // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked. 2332 return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old); 2333 } 2334 // C++ [basic.link]p10: 2335 // [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given 2336 // object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an 2337 // array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or 2338 // absence of a major array bound (8.3.4). 2339 else if (Old->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType() && 2340 New->getType()->isArrayType()) { 2341 CanQual<ArrayType> OldArray 2342 = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>(); 2343 CanQual<ArrayType> NewArray 2344 = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>(); 2345 if (OldArray->getElementType() == NewArray->getElementType()) 2346 MergedT = New->getType(); 2347 } else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() && 2348 New->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 2349 CanQual<ArrayType> OldArray 2350 = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>(); 2351 CanQual<ArrayType> NewArray 2352 = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>(); 2353 if (OldArray->getElementType() == NewArray->getElementType()) 2354 MergedT = Old->getType(); 2355 } else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() 2356 && Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 2357 MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(), 2358 Old->getType()); 2359 } 2360 } else { 2361 MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType()); 2362 } 2363 if (MergedT.isNull()) { 2364 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_type) 2365 << New->getDeclName(); 2366 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2367 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2368 } 2369 New->setType(MergedT); 2370 } 2371 2372 /// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name 2373 /// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this 2374 /// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 2375 /// 2376 /// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by 2377 /// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative 2378 /// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached. 2379 /// 2380 void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) { 2381 // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking. 2382 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 2383 return; 2384 2385 // Verify the old decl was also a variable. 2386 VarDecl *Old = 0; 2387 if (!Previous.isSingleResult() || 2388 !(Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()))) { 2389 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 2390 << New->getDeclName(); 2391 Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(), 2392 diag::note_previous_definition); 2393 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2394 } 2395 2396 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 2397 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...] 2398 // 2399 // Here, we need only consider static data members. 2400 if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) { 2401 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member) 2402 << New->getIdentifier(); 2403 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2404 New->setInvalidDecl(); 2405 } 2406 2407 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 2408 // Warn if an already-declared variable is made a weak_import in a subsequent 2409 // declaration 2410 if (New->getAttr<WeakImportAttr>() && 2411 Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None && 2412 !Old->getAttr<WeakImportAttr>()) { 2413 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_weak_import) << New->getDeclName(); 2414 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2415 // Remove weak_import attribute on new declaration. 2416 New->dropAttr<WeakImportAttr>(); 2417 } 2418 2419 // Merge the types. 2420 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old); 2421 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 2422 return; 2423 2424 // C99 6.2.2p4: Check if we have a static decl followed by a non-static. 2425 if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 2426 (Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None || Old->hasExternalStorage())) { 2427 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New->getDeclName(); 2428 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2429 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2430 } 2431 // C99 6.2.2p4: 2432 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier 2433 // extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that 2434 // identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies 2435 // internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at 2436 // the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at 2437 // the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or 2438 // if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the 2439 // identifier has external linkage. 2440 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage()) 2441 /* Okay */; 2442 else if (New->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && 2443 Old->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 2444 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName(); 2445 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2446 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2447 } 2448 2449 // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa. 2450 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && 2451 !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDecl()) { 2452 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 2453 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2454 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2455 } 2456 if (Old->hasExternalStorage() && 2457 !New->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDecl()) { 2458 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 2459 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2460 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2461 } 2462 2463 // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. 2464 2465 // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still 2466 // need to check for mismatches. 2467 if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() && 2468 // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members. 2469 !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 2470 !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 2471 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName(); 2472 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2473 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2474 } 2475 2476 if (New->isThreadSpecified() && !Old->isThreadSpecified()) { 2477 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 2478 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2479 } else if (!New->isThreadSpecified() && Old->isThreadSpecified()) { 2480 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 2481 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2482 } 2483 2484 // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here. 2485 const VarDecl *Def; 2486 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 2487 New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition && 2488 (Def = Old->getDefinition())) { 2489 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 2490 << New->getDeclName(); 2491 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2492 New->setInvalidDecl(); 2493 return; 2494 } 2495 // c99 6.2.2 P4. 2496 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier extern in a 2497 // scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is visible, if 2498 // the prior declaration specifies internal or external linkage, the linkage 2499 // of the identifier at the later declaration is the same as the linkage 2500 // specified at the prior declaration. 2501 // FIXME. revisit this code. 2502 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && 2503 Old->getLinkage() == InternalLinkage && 2504 New->getDeclContext() == Old->getDeclContext()) 2505 New->setStorageClass(Old->getStorageClass()); 2506 2507 // Keep a chain of previous declarations. 2508 New->setPreviousDeclaration(Old); 2509 2510 // Inherit access appropriately. 2511 New->setAccess(Old->getAccess()); 2512 } 2513 2514 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 2515 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. 2516 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 2517 DeclSpec &DS) { 2518 return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS, 2519 MultiTemplateParamsArg(*this, 0, 0)); 2520 } 2521 2522 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 2523 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accopts template 2524 /// parameters to cope with template friend declarations. 2525 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 2526 DeclSpec &DS, 2527 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams) { 2528 Decl *TagD = 0; 2529 TagDecl *Tag = 0; 2530 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class || 2531 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 2532 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union || 2533 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 2534 TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl(); 2535 2536 if (!TagD) // We probably had an error 2537 return 0; 2538 2539 // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the 2540 // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others 2541 // it's a Type. 2542 if (isa<TagDecl>(TagD)) 2543 Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 2544 else if (ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TagD)) 2545 Tag = CTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 2546 } 2547 2548 if (Tag) { 2549 Tag->setFreeStanding(); 2550 if (Tag->isInvalidDecl()) 2551 return Tag; 2552 } 2553 2554 if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 2555 // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object 2556 // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified." 2557 if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 2558 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 2559 diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg) 2560 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2561 } 2562 2563 if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) { 2564 // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p1: constexpr can only be applied to declarations 2565 // and definitions of functions and variables. 2566 if (Tag) 2567 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_tag) 2568 << (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 : 2569 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 : 2570 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 2 : 3); 2571 else 2572 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_no_declarators); 2573 // Don't emit warnings after this error. 2574 return TagD; 2575 } 2576 2577 if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) { 2578 // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that 2579 // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect. 2580 if (TagD && !Tag) 2581 return 0; 2582 return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams); 2583 } 2584 2585 // Track whether we warned about the fact that there aren't any 2586 // declarators. 2587 bool emittedWarning = false; 2588 2589 if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) { 2590 if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isCompleteDefinition() && 2591 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 2592 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || 2593 Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) 2594 return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record); 2595 2596 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_no_declarators) 2597 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2598 emittedWarning = true; 2599 } 2600 } 2601 2602 // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct. 2603 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 2604 CurContext->isRecord() && 2605 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 2606 // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct: 2607 // struct STRUCT; 2608 // and 2609 // STRUCT_TYPE; <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct. 2610 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag); 2611 if ((Record && Record->getDeclName() && !Record->isCompleteDefinition()) || 2612 (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename && 2613 DS.getRepAsType().get()->isStructureType())) { 2614 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_struct) 2615 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2616 return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record); 2617 } 2618 } 2619 2620 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 2621 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 2622 if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag)) 2623 if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() && 2624 !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl()) { 2625 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::ext_no_declarators) 2626 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2627 emittedWarning = true; 2628 } 2629 2630 // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error. 2631 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error) return TagD; 2632 2633 if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) { 2634 // Warn about typedefs of enums without names, since this is an 2635 // extension in both Microsoft and GNU. 2636 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 2637 Tag && isa<EnumDecl>(Tag)) { 2638 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name) 2639 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2640 return Tag; 2641 } 2642 2643 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_no_declarators) 2644 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2645 emittedWarning = true; 2646 } 2647 2648 // We're going to complain about a bunch of spurious specifiers; 2649 // only do this if we're declaring a tag, because otherwise we 2650 // should be getting diag::ext_no_declarators. 2651 if (emittedWarning || (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl())) 2652 return TagD; 2653 2654 // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but 2655 // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically 2656 // useless. 2657 if (DeclSpec::SCS scs = DS.getStorageClassSpec()) 2658 if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec()) 2659 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) 2660 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(scs); 2661 2662 if (DS.isThreadSpecified()) 2663 Diag(DS.getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "__thread"; 2664 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 2665 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 2666 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "const"; 2667 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 2668 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "volatile"; 2669 // Restrict is covered above. 2670 } 2671 if (DS.isInlineSpecified()) 2672 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "inline"; 2673 if (DS.isVirtualSpecified()) 2674 Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "virtual"; 2675 if (DS.isExplicitSpecified()) 2676 Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) <<"explicit"; 2677 2678 if (DS.isModulePrivateSpecified() && 2679 Tag && Tag->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 2680 Diag(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc(), diag::err_module_private_local_class) 2681 << Tag->getTagKind() 2682 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 2683 2684 // Warn about ignored type attributes, for example: 2685 // __attribute__((aligned)) struct A; 2686 // Attributes should be placed after tag to apply to type declaration. 2687 if (!DS.getAttributes().empty()) { 2688 DeclSpec::TST TypeSpecType = DS.getTypeSpecType(); 2689 if (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class || 2690 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 2691 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union || 2692 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 2693 AttributeList* attrs = DS.getAttributes().getList(); 2694 while (attrs) { 2695 Diag(attrs->getScopeLoc(), 2696 diag::warn_declspec_attribute_ignored) 2697 << attrs->getName() 2698 << (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 : 2699 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 : 2700 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 2 : 3); 2701 attrs = attrs->getNext(); 2702 } 2703 } 2704 } 2705 2706 return TagD; 2707 } 2708 2709 /// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope; 2710 /// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded. 2711 /// 2712 /// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration 2713 static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef, 2714 Scope *S, 2715 DeclContext *Owner, 2716 DeclarationName Name, 2717 SourceLocation NameLoc, 2718 unsigned diagnostic) { 2719 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName, 2720 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 2721 if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false; 2722 2723 if (R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 2724 return false; 2725 2726 // Pick a representative declaration. 2727 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl(); 2728 assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl"); 2729 2730 if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S)) 2731 return false; 2732 2733 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diagnostic) << Name; 2734 SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2735 2736 return true; 2737 } 2738 2739 /// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the 2740 /// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner 2741 /// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize 2742 /// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or 2743 /// struct, e.g., 2744 /// 2745 /// @code 2746 /// union { 2747 /// int i; 2748 /// float f; 2749 /// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and 2750 /// // f into the surrounding scope.x 2751 /// @endcode 2752 /// 2753 /// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous 2754 /// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well. 2755 static bool InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, 2756 DeclContext *Owner, 2757 RecordDecl *AnonRecord, 2758 AccessSpecifier AS, 2759 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> &Chaining, 2760 bool MSAnonStruct) { 2761 unsigned diagKind 2762 = AnonRecord->isUnion() ? diag::err_anonymous_union_member_redecl 2763 : diag::err_anonymous_struct_member_redecl; 2764 2765 bool Invalid = false; 2766 2767 // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name. 2768 for (RecordDecl::decl_iterator D = AnonRecord->decls_begin(), 2769 DEnd = AnonRecord->decls_end(); 2770 D != DEnd; ++D) { 2771 if ((isa<FieldDecl>(*D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(*D)) && 2772 cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName()) { 2773 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(*D); 2774 if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(), 2775 VD->getLocation(), diagKind)) { 2776 // C++ [class.union]p2: 2777 // The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be 2778 // distinct from the names of any other entity in the 2779 // scope in which the anonymous union is declared. 2780 Invalid = true; 2781 } else { 2782 // C++ [class.union]p2: 2783 // For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union 2784 // definition, the members of the anonymous union are 2785 // considered to have been defined in the scope in which the 2786 // anonymous union is declared. 2787 unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size(); 2788 if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD)) 2789 for (IndirectFieldDecl::chain_iterator PI = IF->chain_begin(), 2790 PE = IF->chain_end(); PI != PE; ++PI) 2791 Chaining.push_back(*PI); 2792 else 2793 Chaining.push_back(VD); 2794 2795 assert(Chaining.size() >= 2); 2796 NamedDecl **NamedChain = 2797 new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()]; 2798 for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++) 2799 NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i]; 2800 2801 IndirectFieldDecl* IndirectField = 2802 IndirectFieldDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(), 2803 VD->getIdentifier(), VD->getType(), 2804 NamedChain, Chaining.size()); 2805 2806 IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 2807 IndirectField->setImplicit(); 2808 SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S); 2809 2810 // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier. 2811 if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 2812 2813 Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize); 2814 } 2815 } 2816 } 2817 2818 return Invalid; 2819 } 2820 2821 /// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to 2822 /// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: 2823 /// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. 2824 static StorageClass 2825 StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec) { 2826 switch (StorageClassSpec) { 2827 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; 2828 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: return SC_Extern; 2829 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; 2830 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: return SC_Auto; 2831 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: return SC_Register; 2832 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 2833 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. 2834 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. 2835 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; 2836 } 2837 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); 2838 } 2839 2840 /// StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to 2841 /// a StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: 2842 /// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. 2843 static StorageClass 2844 StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass(DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec) { 2845 switch (StorageClassSpec) { 2846 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; 2847 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: return SC_Extern; 2848 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; 2849 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 2850 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. 2851 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: // Fall through. 2852 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. 2853 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: // Fall through. 2854 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; 2855 } 2856 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); 2857 } 2858 2859 /// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an 2860 /// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature 2861 /// (C++ [class.union]) and a C11 feature; anonymous structures 2862 /// are a C11 feature and GNU C++ extension. 2863 Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 2864 AccessSpecifier AS, 2865 RecordDecl *Record) { 2866 DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext(); 2867 2868 // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension. 2869 if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !getLangOpts().C11) 2870 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union); 2871 else if (!Record->isUnion() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 2872 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_gnu_anonymous_struct); 2873 else if (!Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().C11) 2874 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_c11_anonymous_struct); 2875 2876 // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous 2877 // structs/unions. 2878 bool Invalid = false; 2879 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 2880 const char* PrevSpec = 0; 2881 unsigned DiagID; 2882 if (Record->isUnion()) { 2883 // C++ [class.union]p6: 2884 // Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the 2885 // global namespace shall be declared static. 2886 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static && 2887 (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) || 2888 (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) && 2889 cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) { 2890 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static) 2891 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Record->getLocation(), "static "); 2892 2893 // Recover by adding 'static'. 2894 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(), 2895 PrevSpec, DiagID); 2896 } 2897 // C++ [class.union]p6: 2898 // A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an 2899 // anonymous union in a class scope. 2900 else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified && 2901 isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 2902 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 2903 diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec) 2904 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 2905 2906 // Recover by removing the storage specifier. 2907 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified, 2908 SourceLocation(), 2909 PrevSpec, DiagID); 2910 } 2911 } 2912 2913 // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers. 2914 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 2915 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 2916 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 2917 << Record->isUnion() << 0 2918 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc()); 2919 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 2920 Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(), 2921 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 2922 << Record->isUnion() << 1 2923 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc()); 2924 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 2925 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 2926 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 2927 << Record->isUnion() << 2 2928 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc()); 2929 2930 DS.ClearTypeQualifiers(); 2931 } 2932 2933 // C++ [class.union]p2: 2934 // The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only 2935 // define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and 2936 // functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ] 2937 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator Mem = Record->decls_begin(), 2938 MemEnd = Record->decls_end(); 2939 Mem != MemEnd; ++Mem) { 2940 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(*Mem)) { 2941 // C++ [class.union]p3: 2942 // An anonymous union shall not have private or protected 2943 // members (clause 11). 2944 assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none); 2945 if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) { 2946 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member) 2947 << (int)Record->isUnion() << (int)(FD->getAccess() == AS_protected); 2948 Invalid = true; 2949 } 2950 2951 // C++ [class.union]p1 2952 // An object of a class with a non-trivial constructor, a non-trivial 2953 // copy constructor, a non-trivial destructor, or a non-trivial copy 2954 // assignment operator cannot be a member of a union, nor can an 2955 // array of such objects. 2956 if (CheckNontrivialField(FD)) 2957 Invalid = true; 2958 } else if ((*Mem)->isImplicit()) { 2959 // Any implicit members are fine. 2960 } else if (isa<TagDecl>(*Mem) && (*Mem)->getDeclContext() != Record) { 2961 // This is a type that showed up in an 2962 // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or 2963 // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the 2964 // anonymous struct or union. It's okay. 2965 } else if (RecordDecl *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(*Mem)) { 2966 if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() && 2967 MemRecord->getDeclName()) { 2968 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 2969 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 2970 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 2971 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 2972 else { 2973 // This is a nested type declaration. 2974 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 2975 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 2976 Invalid = true; 2977 } 2978 } 2979 } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(*Mem)) { 2980 // Any access specifier is fine. 2981 } else { 2982 // We have something that isn't a non-static data 2983 // member. Complain about it. 2984 unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member; 2985 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Mem)) 2986 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type; 2987 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(*Mem)) 2988 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function; 2989 else if (isa<VarDecl>(*Mem)) 2990 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static; 2991 2992 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 2993 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && 2994 DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 2995 Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 2996 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 2997 else { 2998 Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), DK) 2999 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3000 Invalid = true; 3001 } 3002 } 3003 } 3004 } 3005 3006 if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) { 3007 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member) 3008 << (int)getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 3009 Invalid = true; 3010 } 3011 3012 // Mock up a declarator. 3013 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::MemberContext); 3014 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 3015 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union"); 3016 3017 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union. 3018 NamedDecl *Anon = 0; 3019 if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 3020 Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass, 3021 DS.getLocStart(), 3022 Record->getLocation(), 3023 /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 3024 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 3025 TInfo, 3026 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false, 3027 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 3028 Anon->setAccess(AS); 3029 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3030 FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon)); 3031 } else { 3032 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 3033 assert(SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 3034 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 3035 VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 3036 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 3037 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 3038 // an error here 3039 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 3040 Invalid = true; 3041 SC = SC_None; 3042 } 3043 SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpecAsWritten(); 3044 VarDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten 3045 = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 3046 3047 Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner, 3048 DS.getLocStart(), 3049 Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 3050 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 3051 TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten); 3052 3053 // Default-initialize the implicit variable. This initialization will be 3054 // trivial in almost all cases, except if a union member has an in-class 3055 // initializer: 3056 // union { int n = 0; }; 3057 ActOnUninitializedDecl(Anon, /*TypeMayContainAuto=*/false); 3058 } 3059 Anon->setImplicit(); 3060 3061 // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current 3062 // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of 3063 // its members. 3064 Owner->addDecl(Anon); 3065 3066 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning 3067 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 3068 // purposes. 3069 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 3070 Chain.push_back(Anon); 3071 3072 if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS, 3073 Chain, false)) 3074 Invalid = true; 3075 3076 // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type. Note that we do not 3077 // do this until after we have already checked and injected the 3078 // members of this anonymous struct/union type, because otherwise 3079 // the members could be injected twice: once by DeclContext when it 3080 // builds its lookup table, and once by 3081 // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers. 3082 Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true); 3083 3084 if (Invalid) 3085 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 3086 3087 return Anon; 3088 } 3089 3090 /// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an 3091 /// Microsoft C anonymous structure. 3092 /// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx 3093 /// Example: 3094 /// 3095 /// struct A { int a; }; 3096 /// struct B { struct A; int b; }; 3097 /// 3098 /// void foo() { 3099 /// B var; 3100 /// var.a = 3; 3101 /// } 3102 /// 3103 Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 3104 RecordDecl *Record) { 3105 3106 // If there is no Record, get the record via the typedef. 3107 if (!Record) 3108 Record = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType()->getDecl(); 3109 3110 // Mock up a declarator. 3111 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext); 3112 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 3113 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct"); 3114 3115 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct. 3116 NamedDecl* Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, 3117 cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext), 3118 DS.getLocStart(), 3119 DS.getLocStart(), 3120 /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 3121 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 3122 TInfo, 3123 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false, 3124 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 3125 Anon->setImplicit(); 3126 3127 // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context. 3128 CurContext->addDecl(Anon); 3129 3130 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current 3131 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 3132 // purposes. 3133 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 3134 Chain.push_back(Anon); 3135 3136 RecordDecl *RecordDef = Record->getDefinition(); 3137 if (!RecordDef || InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext, 3138 RecordDef, AS_none, 3139 Chain, true)) 3140 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 3141 3142 return Anon; 3143 } 3144 3145 /// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the 3146 /// given Declarator. 3147 DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) { 3148 return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName()); 3149 } 3150 3151 /// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id. 3152 DeclarationNameInfo 3153 Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) { 3154 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo; 3155 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3156 3157 switch (Name.getKind()) { 3158 3159 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ImplicitSelfParam: 3160 case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier: 3161 NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier); 3162 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3163 return NameInfo; 3164 3165 case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId: 3166 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( 3167 Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator)); 3168 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3169 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc 3170 = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0]; 3171 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc 3172 = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding(); 3173 return NameInfo; 3174 3175 case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId: 3176 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName( 3177 Name.Identifier)); 3178 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3179 NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation); 3180 return NameInfo; 3181 3182 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: { 3183 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 3184 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo); 3185 if (Ty.isNull()) 3186 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 3187 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName( 3188 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 3189 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3190 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 3191 return NameInfo; 3192 } 3193 3194 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: { 3195 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 3196 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo); 3197 if (Ty.isNull()) 3198 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 3199 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 3200 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 3201 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3202 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 3203 return NameInfo; 3204 } 3205 3206 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: { 3207 // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor 3208 // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there 3209 // to find the actual type being constructed. 3210 CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 3211 if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name) 3212 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 3213 3214 // Determine the type of the class being constructed. 3215 QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass); 3216 3217 // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as 3218 // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name 3219 // was qualified. 3220 3221 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 3222 Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType))); 3223 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3224 // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo? 3225 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(0); 3226 return NameInfo; 3227 } 3228 3229 case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: { 3230 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 3231 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo); 3232 if (Ty.isNull()) 3233 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 3234 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 3235 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 3236 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3237 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 3238 return NameInfo; 3239 } 3240 3241 case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: { 3242 TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get(); 3243 SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc; 3244 return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc); 3245 } 3246 3247 } // switch (Name.getKind()) 3248 3249 llvm_unreachable("Unknown name kind"); 3250 } 3251 3252 static QualType getCoreType(QualType Ty) { 3253 do { 3254 if (Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isReferenceType()) 3255 Ty = Ty->getPointeeType(); 3256 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) 3257 Ty = Ty->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType(); 3258 else 3259 return Ty.withoutLocalFastQualifiers(); 3260 } while (true); 3261 } 3262 3263 /// hasSimilarParameters - Determine whether the C++ functions Declaration 3264 /// and Definition have "nearly" matching parameters. This heuristic is 3265 /// used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line function 3266 /// definition doesn't match any declaration within the class or namespace. 3267 /// Also sets Params to the list of indices to the parameters that differ 3268 /// between the declaration and the definition. If hasSimilarParameters 3269 /// returns true and Params is empty, then all of the parameters match. 3270 static bool hasSimilarParameters(ASTContext &Context, 3271 FunctionDecl *Declaration, 3272 FunctionDecl *Definition, 3273 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Params) { 3274 Params.clear(); 3275 if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size()) 3276 return false; 3277 for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) { 3278 QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 3279 QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 3280 3281 // The parameter types are identical 3282 if (Context.hasSameType(DefParamTy, DeclParamTy)) 3283 continue; 3284 3285 QualType DeclParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DeclParamTy); 3286 QualType DefParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DefParamTy); 3287 const IdentifierInfo *DeclTyName = DeclParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 3288 const IdentifierInfo *DefTyName = DefParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 3289 3290 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamBaseTy, DefParamBaseTy) || 3291 (DeclTyName && DeclTyName == DefTyName)) 3292 Params.push_back(Idx); 3293 else // The two parameters aren't even close 3294 return false; 3295 } 3296 3297 return true; 3298 } 3299 3300 /// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given 3301 /// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation. 3302 /// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for 3303 /// consideration here. That's specifically the type in the decl spec 3304 /// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks. 3305 static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D, 3306 DeclarationName Name) { 3307 // The types we specifically need to rebuild are: 3308 // - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes 3309 // - types which will become injected class names 3310 // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a 3311 // type. It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a 3312 // few cases here. 3313 3314 DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec(); 3315 switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) { 3316 case DeclSpec::TST_typename: 3317 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType: 3318 case DeclSpec::TST_decltype: 3319 case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType: 3320 case DeclSpec::TST_atomic: { 3321 // Grab the type from the parser. 3322 TypeSourceInfo *TSI = 0; 3323 QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI); 3324 if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break; 3325 3326 // Make sure there's a type source info. This isn't really much 3327 // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info 3328 // attached already. 3329 if (!TSI) 3330 TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); 3331 3332 // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation. 3333 TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name); 3334 if (!TSI) return true; 3335 3336 // Store the new type back in the decl spec. 3337 ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI); 3338 DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType); 3339 break; 3340 } 3341 3342 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: { 3343 Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr(); 3344 ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E); 3345 if (Result.isInvalid()) return true; 3346 DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get()); 3347 break; 3348 } 3349 3350 default: 3351 // Nothing to do for these decl specs. 3352 break; 3353 } 3354 3355 // It doesn't matter what order we do this in. 3356 for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 3357 DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I); 3358 3359 // The only type information in the declarator which can come 3360 // before the declaration name is the base type of a member 3361 // pointer. 3362 if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer) 3363 continue; 3364 3365 // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place. 3366 CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope(); 3367 if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS)) 3368 return true; 3369 } 3370 3371 return false; 3372 } 3373 3374 Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 3375 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Declaration); 3376 Decl *Dcl = HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg(*this)); 3377 3378 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer() && 3379 Dcl && Dcl->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 3380 Dcl->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 3381 3382 return Dcl; 3383 } 3384 3385 /// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13: 3386 /// If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 3387 /// name different from T: 3388 /// - every static data member of class T; 3389 /// - every member function of class T 3390 /// - every member of class T that is itself a type; 3391 /// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules. 3392 bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, 3393 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) { 3394 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 3395 3396 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 3397 if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) { 3398 Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name; 3399 return true; 3400 } 3401 3402 return false; 3403 } 3404 3405 /// \brief Diagnose a declaration whose declarator-id has the given 3406 /// nested-name-specifier. 3407 /// 3408 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 3409 /// 3410 /// \param DC The declaration context to which the nested-name-specifier 3411 /// resolves. 3412 /// 3413 /// \param Name The name of the entity being declared. 3414 /// 3415 /// \param Loc The location of the name of the entity being declared. 3416 /// 3417 /// \returns true if we cannot safely recover from this error, false otherwise. 3418 bool Sema::diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC, 3419 DeclarationName Name, 3420 SourceLocation Loc) { 3421 DeclContext *Cur = CurContext; 3422 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur)) 3423 Cur = Cur->getParent(); 3424 3425 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 3426 // A declarator-id shall not be qualified except for the definition 3427 // of a member function (9.3) or static data member (9.4) outside of 3428 // its class, the definition or explicit instantiation of a function 3429 // or variable member of a namespace outside of its namespace, or the 3430 // definition of an explicit specialization outside of its namespace, 3431 // or the declaration of a friend function that is a member of 3432 // another class or namespace (11.3). [...] 3433 3434 // The user provided a superfluous scope specifier that refers back to the 3435 // class or namespaces in which the entity is already declared. 3436 // 3437 // class X { 3438 // void X::f(); 3439 // }; 3440 if (Cur->Equals(DC)) { 3441 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_member_extra_qualification) 3442 << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SS.getRange()); 3443 SS.clear(); 3444 return false; 3445 } 3446 3447 // Check whether the qualifying scope encloses the scope of the original 3448 // declaration. 3449 if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) { 3450 if (Cur->isRecord()) 3451 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 3452 << Name << SS.getRange(); 3453 else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) 3454 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope) 3455 << Name << SS.getRange(); 3456 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur)) 3457 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function) 3458 << Name << SS.getRange(); 3459 else 3460 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope) 3461 << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(Cur) << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << SS.getRange(); 3462 3463 return true; 3464 } 3465 3466 if (Cur->isRecord()) { 3467 // Cannot qualify members within a class. 3468 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 3469 << Name << SS.getRange(); 3470 SS.clear(); 3471 3472 // C++ constructors and destructors with incorrect scopes can break 3473 // our AST invariants by having the wrong underlying types. If 3474 // that's the case, then drop this declaration entirely. 3475 if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName || 3476 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) && 3477 !Context.hasSameType(Name.getCXXNameType(), 3478 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Cur)))) 3479 return true; 3480 3481 return false; 3482 } 3483 3484 // C++11 [dcl.meaning]p1: 3485 // [...] "The nested-name-specifier of the qualified declarator-id shall 3486 // not begin with a decltype-specifer" 3487 NestedNameSpecifierLoc SpecLoc(SS.getScopeRep(), SS.location_data()); 3488 while (SpecLoc.getPrefix()) 3489 SpecLoc = SpecLoc.getPrefix(); 3490 if (dyn_cast_or_null<DecltypeType>( 3491 SpecLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier()->getAsType())) 3492 Diag(Loc, diag::err_decltype_in_declarator) 3493 << SpecLoc.getTypeLoc().getSourceRange(); 3494 3495 return false; 3496 } 3497 3498 Decl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 3499 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) { 3500 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 3501 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 3502 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 3503 3504 // All of these full declarators require an identifier. If it doesn't have 3505 // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used. 3506 if (!Name) { 3507 if (!D.isInvalidType()) // Reject this if we think it is valid. 3508 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 3509 diag::err_declarator_need_ident) 3510 << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange(); 3511 return 0; 3512 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType)) 3513 return 0; 3514 3515 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 3516 // we find one that is. 3517 while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 || 3518 (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0) 3519 S = S->getParent(); 3520 3521 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 3522 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid()) 3523 D.setInvalidType(); 3524 else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 3525 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 3526 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier)) 3527 return 0; 3528 3529 bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 3530 DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext); 3531 if (!DC) { 3532 // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the 3533 // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class, 3534 // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain 3535 // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster. 3536 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3537 diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match) 3538 << (NestedNameSpecifier*)D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep() 3539 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3540 return 0; 3541 } 3542 bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext(); 3543 3544 if (!IsDependentContext && 3545 RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC)) 3546 return 0; 3547 3548 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) && !cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) { 3549 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3550 diag::err_member_def_undefined_record) 3551 << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3552 D.setInvalidType(); 3553 } else if (!D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 3554 if (diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC, 3555 Name, D.getIdentifierLoc())) { 3556 if (DC->isRecord()) 3557 return 0; 3558 3559 D.setInvalidType(); 3560 } 3561 } 3562 3563 // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given 3564 // declaration in the current instantiation. 3565 if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext && 3566 TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) { 3567 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 3568 if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name)) 3569 D.setInvalidType(); 3570 } 3571 } 3572 3573 if (DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo)) 3574 // If this is a typedef, we'll end up spewing multiple diagnostics. 3575 // Just return early; it's safer. 3576 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3577 return 0; 3578 3579 NamedDecl *New; 3580 3581 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 3582 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 3583 3584 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 3585 UPPC_DeclarationType)) 3586 D.setInvalidType(); 3587 3588 LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName, 3589 ForRedeclaration); 3590 3591 // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope. 3592 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 3593 bool IsLinkageLookup = false; 3594 3595 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function 3596 // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with 3597 // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6). 3598 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3599 /* Do nothing*/; 3600 else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 3601 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || 3602 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 3603 IsLinkageLookup = true; 3604 } else if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern) 3605 IsLinkageLookup = true; 3606 else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 3607 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 3608 IsLinkageLookup = true; 3609 3610 if (IsLinkageLookup) 3611 Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage); 3612 3613 LookupName(Previous, S, /* CreateBuiltins = */ IsLinkageLookup); 3614 } else { // Something like "int foo::x;" 3615 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 3616 3617 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 3618 // When the declarator-id is qualified, the declaration shall refer to a 3619 // previously declared member of the class or namespace to which the 3620 // qualifier refers (or, in the case of a namespace, of an element of the 3621 // inline namespace set of that namespace (7.3.1)) or to a specialization 3622 // thereof; [...] 3623 // 3624 // Note that we already checked the context above, and that we do not have 3625 // enough information to make sure that Previous contains the declaration 3626 // we want to match. For example, given: 3627 // 3628 // class X { 3629 // void f(); 3630 // void f(float); 3631 // }; 3632 // 3633 // void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed 3634 // 3635 // In this case, Previous will point to the overload set 3636 // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them 3637 // matches. 3638 3639 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 3640 // [...] the member shall not merely have been introduced by a 3641 // using-declaration in the scope of the class or namespace nominated by 3642 // the nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 3643 RemoveUsingDecls(Previous); 3644 } 3645 3646 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 3647 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 3648 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 3649 if (!D.isInvalidType()) 3650 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3651 Previous.getFoundDecl()); 3652 3653 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 3654 Previous.clear(); 3655 } 3656 3657 // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type 3658 // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the 3659 // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a 3660 // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4). 3661 if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() && 3662 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3663 Previous.clear(); 3664 3665 bool AddToScope = true; 3666 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 3667 if (TemplateParamLists.size()) { 3668 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef); 3669 return 0; 3670 } 3671 3672 New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous); 3673 } else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 3674 New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, 3675 move(TemplateParamLists), 3676 AddToScope); 3677 } else { 3678 New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, 3679 move(TemplateParamLists)); 3680 } 3681 3682 if (New == 0) 3683 return 0; 3684 3685 // If this has an identifier and is not an invalid redeclaration or 3686 // function template specialization, add it to the scope stack. 3687 if (New->getDeclName() && AddToScope && 3688 !(D.isRedeclaration() && New->isInvalidDecl())) 3689 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 3690 3691 return New; 3692 } 3693 3694 /// TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType - Helper method to turn variable array 3695 /// types into constant array types in certain situations which would otherwise 3696 /// be errors (for GCC compatibility). 3697 static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T, 3698 ASTContext &Context, 3699 bool &SizeIsNegative, 3700 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 3701 // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant 3702 // array even when the size isn't an ICE. This is necessary 3703 // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy 3704 // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];} 3705 SizeIsNegative = false; 3706 Oversized = 0; 3707 3708 if (T->isDependentType()) 3709 return QualType(); 3710 3711 QualifierCollector Qs; 3712 const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T); 3713 3714 if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) { 3715 QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType(); 3716 QualType FixedType = 3717 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative, 3718 Oversized); 3719 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 3720 FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType); 3721 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 3722 } 3723 if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) { 3724 QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType(); 3725 QualType FixedType = 3726 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative, 3727 Oversized); 3728 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 3729 FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType); 3730 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 3731 } 3732 3733 const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T); 3734 if (!VLATy) 3735 return QualType(); 3736 // FIXME: We should probably handle this case 3737 if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) 3738 return QualType(); 3739 3740 llvm::APSInt Res; 3741 if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() || 3742 !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->EvaluateAsInt(Res, Context)) 3743 return QualType(); 3744 3745 // Check whether the array size is negative. 3746 if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) { 3747 SizeIsNegative = true; 3748 return QualType(); 3749 } 3750 3751 // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed. 3752 unsigned ActiveSizeBits 3753 = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(), 3754 Res); 3755 if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) { 3756 Oversized = Res; 3757 return QualType(); 3758 } 3759 3760 return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(), 3761 Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0); 3762 } 3763 3764 /// \brief Register the given locally-scoped external C declaration so 3765 /// that it can be found later for redeclarations 3766 void 3767 Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, 3768 const LookupResult &Previous, 3769 Scope *S) { 3770 assert(ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() && 3771 "Decl is not a locally-scoped decl!"); 3772 // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name. 3773 LocallyScopedExternalDecls[ND->getDeclName()] = ND; 3774 3775 if (!Previous.isSingleResult()) 3776 return; 3777 3778 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 3779 3780 // If there was a previous declaration of this variable, it may be 3781 // in our identifier chain. Update the identifier chain with the new 3782 // declaration. 3783 if (S && IdResolver.ReplaceDecl(PrevDecl, ND)) { 3784 // The previous declaration was found on the identifer resolver 3785 // chain, so remove it from its scope. 3786 3787 if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 3788 // Special case for redeclarations in the SAME scope. 3789 // Because this declaration is going to be added to the identifier chain 3790 // later, we should temporarily take it OFF the chain. 3791 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(ND); 3792 3793 } else { 3794 // Find the scope for the original declaration. 3795 while (S && !S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) 3796 S = S->getParent(); 3797 } 3798 3799 if (S) 3800 S->RemoveDecl(PrevDecl); 3801 } 3802 } 3803 3804 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator 3805 Sema::findLocallyScopedExternalDecl(DeclarationName Name) { 3806 if (ExternalSource) { 3807 // Load locally-scoped external decls from the external source. 3808 SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 4> Decls; 3809 ExternalSource->ReadLocallyScopedExternalDecls(Decls); 3810 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Decls.size(); I != N; ++I) { 3811 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 3812 = LocallyScopedExternalDecls.find(Decls[I]->getDeclName()); 3813 if (Pos == LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end()) 3814 LocallyScopedExternalDecls[Decls[I]->getDeclName()] = Decls[I]; 3815 } 3816 } 3817 3818 return LocallyScopedExternalDecls.find(Name); 3819 } 3820 3821 /// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that 3822 /// does not identify a function. 3823 void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(Declarator& D) { 3824 // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid 3825 // confusion for constructs like "inline int a(), b;" 3826 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified()) 3827 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 3828 diag::err_inline_non_function); 3829 3830 if (D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified()) 3831 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 3832 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 3833 3834 if (D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified()) 3835 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 3836 diag::err_explicit_non_function); 3837 } 3838 3839 NamedDecl* 3840 Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 3841 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous) { 3842 // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 3843 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 3844 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator) 3845 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3846 D.setInvalidType(); 3847 // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier. 3848 DC = CurContext; 3849 Previous.clear(); 3850 } 3851 3852 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3853 // Check that there are no default arguments (C++ only). 3854 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 3855 } 3856 3857 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 3858 3859 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 3860 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 3861 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 3862 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 3863 << 1; 3864 3865 if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) { 3866 Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier) 3867 << D.getName().getSourceRange(); 3868 return 0; 3869 } 3870 3871 TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, TInfo->getType(), TInfo); 3872 if (!NewTD) return 0; 3873 3874 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 3875 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D); 3876 3877 CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD); 3878 3879 bool Redeclaration = D.isRedeclaration(); 3880 NamedDecl *ND = ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration); 3881 D.setRedeclaration(Redeclaration); 3882 return ND; 3883 } 3884 3885 void 3886 Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) { 3887 // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type 3888 // then it shall have block scope. 3889 // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so 3890 // that redeclarations will match. 3891 QualType T = NewTD->getUnderlyingType(); 3892 if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 3893 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 3894 3895 if (S->getFnParent() == 0) { 3896 bool SizeIsNegative; 3897 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 3898 QualType FixedTy = 3899 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context, SizeIsNegative, 3900 Oversized); 3901 if (!FixedTy.isNull()) { 3902 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 3903 NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy)); 3904 } else { 3905 if (SizeIsNegative) 3906 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 3907 else if (T->isVariableArrayType()) 3908 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope); 3909 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 3910 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large) 3911 << Oversized.toString(10); 3912 else 3913 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 3914 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 3915 } 3916 } 3917 } 3918 } 3919 3920 3921 /// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which 3922 /// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via 3923 /// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'. 3924 NamedDecl* 3925 Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD, 3926 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) { 3927 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is 3928 // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing. 3929 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/ false, 3930 /*ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization=*/false); 3931 if (!Previous.empty()) { 3932 Redeclaration = true; 3933 MergeTypedefNameDecl(NewTD, Previous); 3934 } 3935 3936 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 3937 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier()) 3938 if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() && 3939 NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 3940 if (II->isStr("FILE")) 3941 Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD); 3942 else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf")) 3943 Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 3944 else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf")) 3945 Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 3946 else if (II->isStr("ucontext_t")) 3947 Context.setucontext_tDecl(NewTD); 3948 } 3949 3950 return NewTD; 3951 } 3952 3953 /// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope 3954 /// previous declaration. 3955 /// 3956 /// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a 3957 /// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a 3958 /// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new 3959 /// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with 3960 /// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99 3961 /// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6). 3962 /// 3963 /// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name 3964 /// lookup 3965 /// 3966 /// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being 3967 /// declared. 3968 /// 3969 /// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration 3970 /// for a new delcaration with the same name. 3971 static bool 3972 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC, 3973 ASTContext &Context) { 3974 if (!PrevDecl) 3975 return false; 3976 3977 if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage()) 3978 return false; 3979 3980 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3981 // C++ [basic.link]p6: 3982 // If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage 3983 // having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared 3984 // outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block 3985 // scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the 3986 // linkage of the previous declaration. 3987 DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext(); 3988 if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 3989 // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations. 3990 return false; 3991 3992 DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext(); 3993 if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord()) 3994 // We found a member function: ignore it. 3995 return false; 3996 3997 // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and 3998 // previous declarations. 3999 OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 4000 PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 4001 4002 // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it 4003 // isn't the same function. 4004 if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext)) 4005 return false; 4006 } 4007 4008 return true; 4009 } 4010 4011 static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) { 4012 CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec(); 4013 if (!SS.isSet()) return; 4014 DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(DD->getASTContext())); 4015 } 4016 4017 bool Sema::inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl) { 4018 QualType type = decl->getType(); 4019 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = type.getObjCLifetime(); 4020 if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) { 4021 // Various kinds of declaration aren't allowed to be __autoreleasing. 4022 unsigned kind = -1U; 4023 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 4024 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 4025 kind = 0; // __block 4026 else if (!var->hasLocalStorage()) 4027 kind = 1; // global 4028 } else if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(decl)) { 4029 kind = 3; // ivar 4030 } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(decl)) { 4031 kind = 2; // field 4032 } 4033 4034 if (kind != -1U) { 4035 Diag(decl->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_var) 4036 << kind; 4037 } 4038 } else if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None) { 4039 // Try to infer lifetime. 4040 if (!type->isObjCLifetimeType()) 4041 return false; 4042 4043 lifetime = type->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 4044 type = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(type, lifetime); 4045 decl->setType(type); 4046 } 4047 4048 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 4049 // Thread-local variables cannot have lifetime. 4050 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone && 4051 var->isThreadSpecified()) { 4052 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_thread_ownership) 4053 << var->getType(); 4054 return true; 4055 } 4056 } 4057 4058 return false; 4059 } 4060 4061 NamedDecl* 4062 Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 4063 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, 4064 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) { 4065 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 4066 DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 4067 4068 // Check that there are no default arguments (C++ only). 4069 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4070 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 4071 4072 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec(); 4073 assert(SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 4074 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 4075 VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 4076 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 4077 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 4078 // an error here 4079 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 4080 D.setInvalidType(); 4081 SC = SC_None; 4082 } 4083 SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecAsWritten(); 4084 VarDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten 4085 = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 4086 4087 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 4088 if (!II) { 4089 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name) 4090 << Name; 4091 return 0; 4092 } 4093 4094 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 4095 4096 if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == 0) { 4097 // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not 4098 // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration. 4099 if (SC == SC_Auto || SC == SC_Register) { 4100 4101 // If this is a register variable with an asm label specified, then this 4102 // is a GNU extension. 4103 if (SC == SC_Register && D.getAsmLabel()) 4104 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_unsupported_global_register); 4105 else 4106 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope); 4107 D.setInvalidType(); 4108 } 4109 } 4110 4111 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 4112 // Set up the special work-group-local storage class for variables in the 4113 // OpenCL __local address space. 4114 if (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) 4115 SC = SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal; 4116 } 4117 4118 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 4119 VarDecl *NewVD; 4120 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 4121 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 4122 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 4123 R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten); 4124 4125 if (D.isInvalidType()) 4126 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4127 } else { 4128 if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) { 4129 // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member. 4130 if (SC == SC_Static) { 4131 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 4132 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 4133 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 4134 } else if (SC == SC_None) 4135 SC = SC_Static; 4136 } 4137 if (SC == SC_Static && CurContext->isRecord()) { 4138 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { 4139 if (RD->isLocalClass()) 4140 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4141 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class) 4142 << Name << RD->getDeclName(); 4143 4144 // C++98 [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member, 4145 // the program is ill-formed. C++11 drops this restriction. 4146 if (RD->isUnion()) 4147 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4148 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x 4149 ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_static_data_member_in_union 4150 : diag::ext_static_data_member_in_union) << Name; 4151 // We conservatively disallow static data members in anonymous structs. 4152 else if (!RD->getDeclName()) 4153 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4154 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_anon_struct) 4155 << Name << RD->isUnion(); 4156 } 4157 } 4158 4159 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 4160 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 4161 isExplicitSpecialization = false; 4162 bool Invalid = false; 4163 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams 4164 = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 4165 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 4166 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4167 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 4168 TemplateParamLists.get(), 4169 TemplateParamLists.size(), 4170 /*never a friend*/ false, 4171 isExplicitSpecialization, 4172 Invalid)) { 4173 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 4174 // There is no such thing as a variable template. 4175 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_variable) 4176 << II 4177 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 4178 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 4179 return 0; 4180 } else { 4181 // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain 4182 // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable. 4183 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 4184 diag::err_template_variable_noparams) 4185 << II 4186 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 4187 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 4188 } 4189 } 4190 4191 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 4192 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 4193 R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten); 4194 4195 // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the 4196 // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer. 4197 if (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_auto && 4198 R->getContainedAutoType()) 4199 ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD); 4200 4201 if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) 4202 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4203 4204 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D); 4205 4206 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0 && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4207 NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 4208 TemplateParamLists.size(), 4209 TemplateParamLists.release()); 4210 } 4211 4212 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 4213 NewVD->setConstexpr(true); 4214 } 4215 4216 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the 4217 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 4218 NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 4219 4220 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) { 4221 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) 4222 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_thread_non_global); 4223 else if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported()) 4224 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_thread_unsupported); 4225 else 4226 NewVD->setThreadSpecified(true); 4227 } 4228 4229 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 4230 if (isExplicitSpecialization) 4231 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 4232 << 2 4233 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 4234 else if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) 4235 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 4236 << 0 << NewVD->getDeclName() 4237 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 4238 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 4239 else 4240 NewVD->setModulePrivate(); 4241 } 4242 4243 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 4244 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D); 4245 4246 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for variables of 4247 // retainable type. 4248 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewVD)) 4249 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4250 4251 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 4252 if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) { 4253 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 4254 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 4255 StringRef Label = SE->getString(); 4256 if (S->getFnParent() != 0) { 4257 switch (SC) { 4258 case SC_None: 4259 case SC_Auto: 4260 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label; 4261 break; 4262 case SC_Register: 4263 if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label)) 4264 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 4265 break; 4266 case SC_Static: 4267 case SC_Extern: 4268 case SC_PrivateExtern: 4269 case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal: 4270 break; 4271 } 4272 } 4273 4274 NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), 4275 Context, Label)); 4276 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 4277 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 4278 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewVD->getIdentifier()); 4279 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 4280 NewVD->addAttr(I->second); 4281 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 4282 } 4283 } 4284 4285 // Diagnose shadowed variables before filtering for scope. 4286 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) 4287 CheckShadow(S, NewVD, Previous); 4288 4289 // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different 4290 // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new 4291 // declaration has linkage). 4292 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, NewVD->hasLinkage(), 4293 isExplicitSpecialization); 4294 4295 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 4296 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 4297 } else { 4298 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. 4299 if (!Previous.empty()) { 4300 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 4301 isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) && 4302 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4303 // The user tried to define a non-static data member 4304 // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 4305 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line) 4306 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4307 Previous.clear(); 4308 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4309 } 4310 } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4311 // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope. 4312 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member) 4313 << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true) 4314 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4315 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4316 } 4317 4318 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 4319 4320 // This is an explicit specialization of a static data member. Check it. 4321 if (isExplicitSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 4322 CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous)) 4323 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4324 } 4325 4326 // If this is a locally-scoped extern C variable, update the map of 4327 // such variables. 4328 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && NewVD->isExternC() && 4329 !NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 4330 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, Previous, S); 4331 4332 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 4333 // member, set the visibility of this variable. 4334 if (NewVD->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage && !DC->isRecord()) 4335 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewVD); 4336 4337 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewVD); 4338 4339 return NewVD; 4340 } 4341 4342 /// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing. Implements 4343 /// -Wshadow. 4344 /// 4345 /// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful" 4346 /// scope. 4347 /// 4348 /// \param S the scope in which the shadowing name is being declared 4349 /// \param R the lookup of the name 4350 /// 4351 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R) { 4352 // Return if warning is ignored. 4353 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc()) == 4354 DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 4355 return; 4356 4357 // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope. 4358 if (D->hasGlobalStorage()) 4359 return; 4360 4361 DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext(); 4362 4363 // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable. 4364 if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found) 4365 return; 4366 4367 NamedDecl* ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 4368 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && !isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 4369 return; 4370 4371 // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods. 4372 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 4373 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC)) 4374 if (MD->isStatic()) 4375 return; 4376 4377 if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 4378 if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) { 4379 // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global 4380 // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration. 4381 for (VarDecl::redecl_iterator 4382 I = shadowedVar->redecls_begin(), E = shadowedVar->redecls_end(); 4383 I != E; ++I) 4384 if (I->isFileVarDecl()) { 4385 ShadowedDecl = *I; 4386 break; 4387 } 4388 } 4389 4390 DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext(); 4391 4392 // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members. 4393 if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) { 4394 // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members. 4395 if (!OldDC->isRecord()) 4396 return; 4397 4398 // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing 4399 // static data members from base classes? 4400 4401 // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members. 4402 // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the 4403 // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative. 4404 } 4405 4406 // Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing. 4407 unsigned Kind; 4408 if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) { 4409 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 4410 Kind = 3; // field 4411 else 4412 Kind = 2; // static data member 4413 } else if (OldDC->isFileContext()) 4414 Kind = 1; // global 4415 else 4416 Kind = 0; // local 4417 4418 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName(); 4419 4420 // Emit warning and note. 4421 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::warn_decl_shadow) << Name << Kind << OldDC; 4422 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 4423 } 4424 4425 /// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup. 4426 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) { 4427 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation()) == 4428 DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 4429 return; 4430 4431 LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(), 4432 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration); 4433 LookupName(R, S); 4434 CheckShadow(S, D, R); 4435 } 4436 4437 /// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable 4438 /// declaration. 4439 /// 4440 /// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a 4441 /// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to 4442 /// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators 4443 /// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables 4444 /// that have been instantiated from a template. 4445 /// 4446 /// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered. 4447 /// 4448 /// Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration. 4449 bool Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, 4450 LookupResult &Previous) { 4451 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 4452 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 4453 return false; 4454 4455 QualType T = NewVD->getType(); 4456 4457 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 4458 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 4459 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NewVD->getLocation(), "*"); 4460 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 4461 NewVD->setType(T); 4462 } 4463 4464 // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage. 4465 // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not 4466 // automatic variables that point to other address spaces. 4467 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2 4468 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 4469 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl); 4470 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4471 return false; 4472 } 4473 4474 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 -- The static qualifier is valid only in program 4475 // scope. 4476 if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120) 4477 && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 4478 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_function_scope); 4479 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4480 return false; 4481 } 4482 4483 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak() 4484 && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 4485 if (getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC) 4486 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local); 4487 else 4488 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local); 4489 } 4490 4491 bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType(); 4492 if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() || 4493 NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 4494 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 4495 4496 if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) || 4497 (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) { 4498 bool SizeIsNegative; 4499 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 4500 QualType FixedTy = 4501 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context, SizeIsNegative, 4502 Oversized); 4503 4504 if (FixedTy.isNull() && T->isVariableArrayType()) { 4505 const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T); 4506 // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for 4507 // int a[10][n]; 4508 SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange(); 4509 4510 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 4511 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope) 4512 << SizeRange; 4513 else if (NewVD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 4514 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage) 4515 << SizeRange; 4516 else 4517 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage) 4518 << SizeRange; 4519 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4520 return false; 4521 } 4522 4523 if (FixedTy.isNull()) { 4524 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 4525 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 4526 else 4527 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage); 4528 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4529 return false; 4530 } 4531 4532 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 4533 NewVD->setType(FixedTy); 4534 } 4535 4536 if (Previous.empty() && NewVD->isExternC()) { 4537 // Since we did not find anything by this name and we're declaring 4538 // an extern "C" variable, look for a non-visible extern "C" 4539 // declaration with the same name. 4540 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 4541 = findLocallyScopedExternalDecl(NewVD->getDeclName()); 4542 if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end()) 4543 Previous.addDecl(Pos->second); 4544 } 4545 4546 if (T->isVoidType() && !NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) { 4547 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type) 4548 << T; 4549 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4550 return false; 4551 } 4552 4553 if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 4554 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 4555 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4556 return false; 4557 } 4558 4559 if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 4560 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm); 4561 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4562 return false; 4563 } 4564 4565 if (NewVD->isConstexpr() && !T->isDependentType() && 4566 RequireLiteralType(NewVD->getLocation(), T, 4567 diag::err_constexpr_var_non_literal)) { 4568 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4569 return false; 4570 } 4571 4572 if (!Previous.empty()) { 4573 MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous); 4574 return true; 4575 } 4576 return false; 4577 } 4578 4579 /// \brief Data used with FindOverriddenMethod 4580 struct FindOverriddenMethodData { 4581 Sema *S; 4582 CXXMethodDecl *Method; 4583 }; 4584 4585 /// \brief Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++ 4586 /// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with 4587 /// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases(). 4588 static bool FindOverriddenMethod(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, 4589 CXXBasePath &Path, 4590 void *UserData) { 4591 RecordDecl *BaseRecord = Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 4592 4593 FindOverriddenMethodData *Data 4594 = reinterpret_cast<FindOverriddenMethodData*>(UserData); 4595 4596 DeclarationName Name = Data->Method->getDeclName(); 4597 4598 // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too? 4599 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 4600 // We really want to find the base class destructor here. 4601 QualType T = Data->S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord); 4602 CanQualType CT = Data->S->Context.getCanonicalType(T); 4603 4604 Name = Data->S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT); 4605 } 4606 4607 for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name); 4608 Path.Decls.first != Path.Decls.second; 4609 ++Path.Decls.first) { 4610 NamedDecl *D = *Path.Decls.first; 4611 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) { 4612 if (MD->isVirtual() && !Data->S->IsOverload(Data->Method, MD, false)) 4613 return true; 4614 } 4615 } 4616 4617 return false; 4618 } 4619 4620 static bool hasDelayedExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *Method) { 4621 const FunctionProtoType *Proto =Method->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 4622 return Proto && Proto->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_Delayed; 4623 } 4624 4625 /// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes, 4626 /// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it. 4627 bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 4628 // Look for virtual methods in base classes that this method might override. 4629 CXXBasePaths Paths; 4630 FindOverriddenMethodData Data; 4631 Data.Method = MD; 4632 Data.S = this; 4633 bool AddedAny = false; 4634 if (DC->lookupInBases(&FindOverriddenMethod, &Data, Paths)) { 4635 for (CXXBasePaths::decl_iterator I = Paths.found_decls_begin(), 4636 E = Paths.found_decls_end(); I != E; ++I) { 4637 if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*I)) { 4638 MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl()); 4639 if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) && 4640 (hasDelayedExceptionSpec(MD) || 4641 !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD)) && 4642 !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) { 4643 AddedAny = true; 4644 } 4645 } 4646 } 4647 } 4648 4649 return AddedAny; 4650 } 4651 4652 namespace { 4653 // Struct for holding all of the extra arguments needed by 4654 // DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration to call Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator. 4655 struct ActOnFDArgs { 4656 Scope *S; 4657 Declarator &D; 4658 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists; 4659 bool AddToScope; 4660 }; 4661 } 4662 4663 namespace { 4664 4665 // Callback to only accept typo corrections that have a non-zero edit distance. 4666 // Also only accept corrections that have the same parent decl. 4667 class DifferentNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 4668 public: 4669 DifferentNameValidatorCCC(ASTContext &Context, FunctionDecl *TypoFD, 4670 CXXRecordDecl *Parent) 4671 : Context(Context), OriginalFD(TypoFD), 4672 ExpectedParent(Parent ? Parent->getCanonicalDecl() : 0) {} 4673 4674 virtual bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) { 4675 if (candidate.getEditDistance() == 0) 4676 return false; 4677 4678 llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 4679 for (TypoCorrection::const_decl_iterator CDecl = candidate.begin(), 4680 CDeclEnd = candidate.end(); 4681 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 4682 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 4683 4684 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 4685 hasSimilarParameters(Context, FD, OriginalFD, MismatchedParams)) { 4686 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 4687 CXXRecordDecl *Parent = MD->getParent(); 4688 if (Parent && Parent->getCanonicalDecl() == ExpectedParent) 4689 return true; 4690 } else if (!ExpectedParent) { 4691 return true; 4692 } 4693 } 4694 } 4695 4696 return false; 4697 } 4698 4699 private: 4700 ASTContext &Context; 4701 FunctionDecl *OriginalFD; 4702 CXXRecordDecl *ExpectedParent; 4703 }; 4704 4705 } 4706 4707 /// \brief Generate diagnostics for an invalid function redeclaration. 4708 /// 4709 /// This routine handles generating the diagnostic messages for an invalid 4710 /// function redeclaration, including finding possible similar declarations 4711 /// or performing typo correction if there are no previous declarations with 4712 /// the same name. 4713 /// 4714 /// Returns a NamedDecl iff typo correction was performed and substituting in 4715 /// the new declaration name does not cause new errors. 4716 static NamedDecl* DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 4717 Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Previous, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 4718 ActOnFDArgs &ExtraArgs) { 4719 NamedDecl *Result = NULL; 4720 DeclarationName Name = NewFD->getDeclName(); 4721 DeclContext *NewDC = NewFD->getDeclContext(); 4722 LookupResult Prev(SemaRef, Name, NewFD->getLocation(), 4723 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration); 4724 llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 4725 llvm::SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl*, unsigned>, 1> NearMatches; 4726 TypoCorrection Correction; 4727 bool isFriendDecl = (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 4728 ExtraArgs.D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()); 4729 unsigned DiagMsg = isFriendDecl ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend 4730 : diag::err_member_def_does_not_match; 4731 4732 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4733 SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewDC); 4734 assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() && 4735 "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup"); 4736 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 4737 DifferentNameValidatorCCC Validator(SemaRef.Context, NewFD, 4738 MD ? MD->getParent() : 0); 4739 if (!Prev.empty()) { 4740 for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end(); 4741 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) { 4742 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func); 4743 if (FD && 4744 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 4745 // Add 1 to the index so that 0 can mean the mismatch didn't 4746 // involve a parameter 4747 unsigned ParamNum = 4748 MismatchedParams.empty() ? 0 : MismatchedParams.front() + 1; 4749 NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, ParamNum)); 4750 } 4751 } 4752 // If the qualified name lookup yielded nothing, try typo correction 4753 } else if ((Correction = SemaRef.CorrectTypo(Prev.getLookupNameInfo(), 4754 Prev.getLookupKind(), 0, 0, 4755 Validator, NewDC))) { 4756 // Trap errors. 4757 Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef); 4758 4759 // Set up everything for the call to ActOnFunctionDeclarator 4760 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), 4761 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 4762 Previous.clear(); 4763 Previous.setLookupName(Correction.getCorrection()); 4764 for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CDecl = Correction.begin(), 4765 CDeclEnd = Correction.end(); 4766 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 4767 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 4768 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 4769 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 4770 Previous.addDecl(FD); 4771 } 4772 } 4773 bool wasRedeclaration = ExtraArgs.D.isRedeclaration(); 4774 // TODO: Refactor ActOnFunctionDeclarator so that we can call only the 4775 // pieces need to verify the typo-corrected C++ declaraction and hopefully 4776 // eliminate the need for the parameter pack ExtraArgs. 4777 Result = SemaRef.ActOnFunctionDeclarator( 4778 ExtraArgs.S, ExtraArgs.D, 4779 Correction.getCorrectionDecl()->getDeclContext(), 4780 NewFD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Previous, ExtraArgs.TemplateParamLists, 4781 ExtraArgs.AddToScope); 4782 if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred()) { 4783 // Pretend the typo correction never occurred 4784 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(), 4785 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 4786 ExtraArgs.D.setRedeclaration(wasRedeclaration); 4787 Previous.clear(); 4788 Previous.setLookupName(Name); 4789 Result = NULL; 4790 } else { 4791 for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Previous.begin(), 4792 FuncEnd = Previous.end(); 4793 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) { 4794 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func)) 4795 NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, 0)); 4796 } 4797 } 4798 if (NearMatches.empty()) { 4799 // Ignore the correction if it didn't yield any close FunctionDecl matches 4800 Correction = TypoCorrection(); 4801 } else { 4802 DiagMsg = isFriendDecl ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend_suggest 4803 : diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_suggest; 4804 } 4805 } 4806 4807 if (Correction) { 4808 SourceRange FixItLoc(NewFD->getLocation()); 4809 CXXScopeSpec &SS = ExtraArgs.D.getCXXScopeSpec(); 4810 if (Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier() && SS.isValid()) 4811 FixItLoc.setBegin(SS.getBeginLoc()); 4812 SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocStart(), DiagMsg) 4813 << Name << NewDC << Correction.getQuoted(SemaRef.getLangOpts()) 4814 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement( 4815 FixItLoc, Correction.getAsString(SemaRef.getLangOpts())); 4816 } else { 4817 SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg) 4818 << Name << NewDC << NewFD->getLocation(); 4819 } 4820 4821 bool NewFDisConst = false; 4822 if (CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 4823 NewFDisConst = NewMD->getTypeQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Const; 4824 4825 for (llvm::SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl*, unsigned>, 1>::iterator 4826 NearMatch = NearMatches.begin(), NearMatchEnd = NearMatches.end(); 4827 NearMatch != NearMatchEnd; ++NearMatch) { 4828 FunctionDecl *FD = NearMatch->first; 4829 bool FDisConst = false; 4830 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) 4831 FDisConst = MD->getTypeQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Const; 4832 4833 if (unsigned Idx = NearMatch->second) { 4834 ParmVarDecl *FDParam = FD->getParamDecl(Idx-1); 4835 SourceLocation Loc = FDParam->getTypeSpecStartLoc(); 4836 if (Loc.isInvalid()) Loc = FD->getLocation(); 4837 SemaRef.Diag(Loc, diag::note_member_def_close_param_match) 4838 << Idx << FDParam->getType() << NewFD->getParamDecl(Idx-1)->getType(); 4839 } else if (Correction) { 4840 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 4841 << Correction.getQuoted(SemaRef.getLangOpts()); 4842 } else if (FDisConst != NewFDisConst) { 4843 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_const_match) 4844 << NewFDisConst << FD->getSourceRange().getEnd(); 4845 } else 4846 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_match); 4847 } 4848 return Result; 4849 } 4850 4851 static FunctionDecl::StorageClass getFunctionStorageClass(Sema &SemaRef, 4852 Declarator &D) { 4853 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) { 4854 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown storage class!"); 4855 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: 4856 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: 4857 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: 4858 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 4859 diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func); 4860 D.setInvalidType(); 4861 break; 4862 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: break; 4863 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: return SC_Extern; 4864 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: { 4865 if (SemaRef.CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 4866 // C99 6.7.1p5: 4867 // The declaration of an identifier for a function that has 4868 // block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier 4869 // other than extern 4870 // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4). 4871 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 4872 diag::err_static_block_func); 4873 break; 4874 } else 4875 return SC_Static; 4876 } 4877 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 4878 } 4879 4880 // No explicit storage class has already been returned 4881 return SC_None; 4882 } 4883 4884 static FunctionDecl* CreateNewFunctionDecl(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D, 4885 DeclContext *DC, QualType &R, 4886 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 4887 FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC, 4888 bool &IsVirtualOkay) { 4889 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = SemaRef.GetNameForDeclarator(D); 4890 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 4891 4892 FunctionDecl *NewFD = 0; 4893 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 4894 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecAsWritten(); 4895 FunctionDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten 4896 = StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 4897 4898 if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 4899 // Determine whether the function was written with a 4900 // prototype. This true when: 4901 // - there is a prototype in the declarator, or 4902 // - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other reference 4903 // to a type name (which eventually refers to a function type). 4904 bool HasPrototype = 4905 (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) || 4906 (!isa<FunctionType>(R.getTypePtr()) && R->isFunctionProtoType()); 4907 4908 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 4909 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 4910 TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten, isInline, 4911 HasPrototype); 4912 if (D.isInvalidType()) 4913 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4914 4915 // Set the lexical context. 4916 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(SemaRef.CurContext); 4917 4918 return NewFD; 4919 } 4920 4921 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 4922 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 4923 4924 // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type. 4925 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 4926 // the class has been completely parsed. 4927 if (!DC->isRecord() && 4928 SemaRef.RequireNonAbstractType(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4929 R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(), 4930 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 4931 SemaRef.AbstractReturnType)) 4932 D.setInvalidType(); 4933 4934 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) { 4935 // This is a C++ constructor declaration. 4936 assert(DC->isRecord() && 4937 "Constructors can only be declared in a member context"); 4938 4939 R = SemaRef.CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 4940 return CXXConstructorDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 4941 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 4942 R, TInfo, isExplicit, isInline, 4943 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false, 4944 isConstexpr); 4945 4946 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 4947 // This is a C++ destructor declaration. 4948 if (DC->isRecord()) { 4949 R = SemaRef.CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 4950 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 4951 CXXDestructorDecl *NewDD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create( 4952 SemaRef.Context, Record, 4953 D.getLocStart(), 4954 NameInfo, R, TInfo, isInline, 4955 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false); 4956 4957 // If the class is complete, then we now create the implicit exception 4958 // specification. If the class is incomplete or dependent, we can't do 4959 // it yet. 4960 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x && !Record->isDependentType() && 4961 Record->getDefinition() && !Record->isBeingDefined() && 4962 R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) { 4963 SemaRef.AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(Record, NewDD); 4964 } 4965 4966 IsVirtualOkay = true; 4967 return NewDD; 4968 4969 } else { 4970 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member); 4971 D.setInvalidType(); 4972 4973 // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing 4974 // code path. 4975 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 4976 D.getLocStart(), 4977 D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo, 4978 SC, SCAsWritten, isInline, 4979 /*hasPrototype=*/true, isConstexpr); 4980 } 4981 4982 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) { 4983 if (!DC->isRecord()) { 4984 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4985 diag::err_conv_function_not_member); 4986 return 0; 4987 } 4988 4989 SemaRef.CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC); 4990 IsVirtualOkay = true; 4991 return CXXConversionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 4992 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 4993 R, TInfo, isInline, isExplicit, 4994 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 4995 4996 } else if (DC->isRecord()) { 4997 // If the name of the function is the same as the name of the record, 4998 // then this must be an invalid constructor that has a return type. 4999 // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a 5000 // constructor if it has no return type). 5001 if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() && 5002 Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){ 5003 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type) 5004 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc()) 5005 << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 5006 return 0; 5007 } 5008 5009 bool isStatic = SC == SC_Static; 5010 5011 // [class.free]p1: 5012 // Any allocation function for a class T is a static member 5013 // (even if not explicitly declared static). 5014 if (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_New || 5015 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_New) 5016 isStatic = true; 5017 5018 // [class.free]p6 Any deallocation function for a class X is a static member 5019 // (even if not explicitly declared static). 5020 if (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete || 5021 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) 5022 isStatic = true; 5023 5024 IsVirtualOkay = !isStatic; 5025 5026 // This is a C++ method declaration. 5027 return CXXMethodDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 5028 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 5029 TInfo, isStatic, SCAsWritten, isInline, 5030 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 5031 5032 } else { 5033 // Determine whether the function was written with a 5034 // prototype. This true when: 5035 // - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype), 5036 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 5037 D.getLocStart(), 5038 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten, isInline, 5039 true/*HasPrototype*/, isConstexpr); 5040 } 5041 } 5042 5043 NamedDecl* 5044 Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 5045 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, 5046 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 5047 bool &AddToScope) { 5048 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 5049 5050 assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType()); 5051 5052 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 5053 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 5054 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 5055 FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC = getFunctionStorageClass(*this, D); 5056 5057 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 5058 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 5059 5060 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value. 5061 if (R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType()->isObjCObjectType()) { 5062 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5063 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 5064 << R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType() 5065 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(D.getIdentifierLoc(), "*"); 5066 5067 QualType T = R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(); 5068 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 5069 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) { 5070 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 5071 R = Context.getFunctionType(T, FPT->arg_type_begin(), 5072 FPT->getNumArgs(), EPI); 5073 } 5074 else if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(R)) 5075 R = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(T); 5076 } 5077 5078 bool isFriend = false; 5079 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = 0; 5080 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 5081 bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 5082 5083 bool isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = false; 5084 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 5085 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs; 5086 5087 bool isVirtualOkay = false; 5088 5089 FunctionDecl *NewFD = CreateNewFunctionDecl(*this, D, DC, R, TInfo, SC, 5090 isVirtualOkay); 5091 if (!NewFD) return 0; 5092 5093 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer()) 5094 NewFD->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 5095 5096 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5097 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 5098 bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified(); 5099 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 5100 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 5101 isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 5102 if (isFriend && !isInline && D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 5103 // C++ [class.friend]p5 5104 // A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a 5105 // class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline. 5106 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 5107 } 5108 5109 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D); 5110 isExplicitSpecialization = false; 5111 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 5112 if (D.isInvalidType()) 5113 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5114 5115 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ 5116 // scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the 5117 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 5118 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 5119 5120 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 5121 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 5122 bool Invalid = false; 5123 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams 5124 = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 5125 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 5126 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5127 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 5128 TemplateParamLists.get(), 5129 TemplateParamLists.size(), 5130 isFriend, 5131 isExplicitSpecialization, 5132 Invalid)) { 5133 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 5134 // This is a function template 5135 5136 // Check that we can declare a template here. 5137 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 5138 return 0; 5139 5140 // A destructor cannot be a template. 5141 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 5142 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template); 5143 return 0; 5144 } 5145 5146 // If we're adding a template to a dependent context, we may need to 5147 // rebuilding some of the types used within the template parameter list, 5148 // now that we know what the current instantiation is. 5149 if (DC->isDependentContext()) { 5150 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 5151 if (RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(TemplateParams)) 5152 Invalid = true; 5153 } 5154 5155 5156 FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, 5157 NewFD->getLocation(), 5158 Name, TemplateParams, 5159 NewFD); 5160 FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 5161 NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate); 5162 5163 // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists. 5164 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) { 5165 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 5166 TemplateParamLists.size() - 1, 5167 TemplateParamLists.release()); 5168 } 5169 } else { 5170 // This is a function template specialization. 5171 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 5172 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 5173 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 5174 TemplateParamLists.size(), 5175 TemplateParamLists.release()); 5176 5177 // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);". 5178 if (isFriend) { 5179 // We want to remove the "template<>", found here. 5180 SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange(); 5181 5182 // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a 5183 // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem: 5184 // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl, 5185 // and clearly the user wants a template specialization. So 5186 // we need to insert '<>' after the name. 5187 SourceLocation InsertLoc; 5188 if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 5189 InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd(); 5190 InsertLoc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc); 5191 } 5192 5193 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend) 5194 << Name << RemoveRange 5195 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange) 5196 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>"); 5197 } 5198 } 5199 } 5200 else { 5201 // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier: 5202 // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template. 5203 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 5204 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 5205 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 5206 TemplateParamLists.size(), 5207 TemplateParamLists.release()); 5208 } 5209 5210 if (Invalid) { 5211 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5212 if (FunctionTemplate) 5213 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 5214 } 5215 5216 // If we see "T var();" at block scope, where T is a class type, it is 5217 // probably an attempt to initialize a variable, not a function declaration. 5218 // We don't catch this case earlier, since there is no ambiguity here. 5219 if (!FunctionTemplate && D.getFunctionDefinitionKind() == FDK_Declaration && 5220 CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && 5221 D.getNumTypeObjects() == 1 && D.isFunctionDeclarator() && 5222 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecAsWritten() 5223 == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 5224 QualType T = R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(); 5225 DeclaratorChunk &C = D.getTypeObject(0); 5226 if (!T->isVoidType() && C.Fun.NumArgs == 0 && !C.Fun.isVariadic && 5227 !C.Fun.hasTrailingReturnType() && 5228 C.Fun.getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) { 5229 SourceRange ParenRange(C.Loc, C.EndLoc); 5230 Diag(C.Loc, diag::warn_empty_parens_are_function_decl) << ParenRange; 5231 5232 // If the declaration looks like: 5233 // T var1, 5234 // f(); 5235 // and name lookup finds a function named 'f', then the ',' was 5236 // probably intended to be a ';'. 5237 if (!D.isFirstDeclarator() && D.getIdentifier()) { 5238 FullSourceLoc Comma(D.getCommaLoc(), SourceMgr); 5239 FullSourceLoc Name(D.getIdentifierLoc(), SourceMgr); 5240 if (Comma.getFileID() != Name.getFileID() || 5241 Comma.getSpellingLineNumber() != Name.getSpellingLineNumber()) { 5242 LookupResult Result(*this, D.getIdentifier(), SourceLocation(), 5243 LookupOrdinaryName); 5244 if (LookupName(Result, S)) 5245 Diag(D.getCommaLoc(), diag::note_empty_parens_function_call) 5246 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(D.getCommaLoc(), ";") << NewFD; 5247 } 5248 } 5249 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 5250 // Empty parens mean value-initialization, and no parens mean default 5251 // initialization. These are equivalent if the default constructor is 5252 // user-provided, or if zero-initialization is a no-op. 5253 if (RD && RD->hasDefinition() && 5254 (RD->isEmpty() || RD->hasUserProvidedDefaultConstructor())) 5255 Diag(C.Loc, diag::note_empty_parens_default_ctor) 5256 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ParenRange); 5257 else { 5258 std::string Init = getFixItZeroInitializerForType(T); 5259 if (Init.empty() && LangOpts.CPlusPlus0x) 5260 Init = "{}"; 5261 if (!Init.empty()) 5262 Diag(C.Loc, diag::note_empty_parens_zero_initialize) 5263 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(ParenRange, Init); 5264 } 5265 } 5266 } 5267 5268 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5: 5269 // The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of 5270 // nonstatic class member functions that appear within a 5271 // member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3. 5272 // 5273 if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 5274 if (!isVirtualOkay) { 5275 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 5276 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 5277 } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 5278 // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class. 5279 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 5280 diag::err_virtual_out_of_class) 5281 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 5282 } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 5283 // C++ [temp.mem]p3: 5284 // A member function template shall not be virtual. 5285 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 5286 diag::err_virtual_member_function_template) 5287 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 5288 } else { 5289 // Okay: Add virtual to the method. 5290 NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true); 5291 } 5292 } 5293 5294 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3: 5295 // The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function 5296 // declaration. 5297 if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 5298 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 5299 // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration. 5300 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 5301 diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name 5302 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc()); 5303 } 5304 } 5305 5306 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6: 5307 // The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a 5308 // constructor or conversion function within its class definition; 5309 // see 12.3.1 and 12.3.2. 5310 if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 5311 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 5312 // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class. 5313 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 5314 diag::err_explicit_out_of_class) 5315 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 5316 } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) && 5317 !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 5318 // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor 5319 // or conversion function. 5320 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 5321 diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function) 5322 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 5323 } 5324 } 5325 5326 if (isConstexpr) { 5327 // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p2: constexpr functions and constexpr constructors 5328 // are implicitly inline. 5329 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 5330 5331 // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p3: functions declared constexpr are required to 5332 // be either constructors or to return a literal type. Therefore, 5333 // destructors cannot be declared constexpr. 5334 if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) 5335 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_dtor); 5336 } 5337 5338 // If __module_private__ was specified, mark the function accordingly. 5339 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 5340 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 5341 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc 5342 = D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc(); 5343 Diag(ModulePrivateLoc, diag::err_module_private_specialization) 5344 << 0 5345 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 5346 } else { 5347 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 5348 if (FunctionTemplate) 5349 FunctionTemplate->setModulePrivate(); 5350 } 5351 } 5352 5353 if (isFriend) { 5354 // For now, claim that the objects have no previous declaration. 5355 if (FunctionTemplate) { 5356 FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl(false); 5357 FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public); 5358 } 5359 NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl(false); 5360 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 5361 } 5362 5363 // If a function is defined as defaulted or deleted, mark it as such now. 5364 switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) { 5365 case FDK_Declaration: 5366 case FDK_Definition: 5367 break; 5368 5369 case FDK_Defaulted: 5370 NewFD->setDefaulted(); 5371 break; 5372 5373 case FDK_Deleted: 5374 NewFD->setDeletedAsWritten(); 5375 break; 5376 } 5377 5378 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext && 5379 D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 5380 // C++ [class.mfct]p2: 5381 // A member function may be defined (8.4) in its class definition, in 5382 // which case it is an inline member function (7.1.2) 5383 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 5384 } 5385 5386 if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && 5387 !CurContext->isRecord()) { 5388 // C++ [class.static]p1: 5389 // A data or function member of a class may be declared static 5390 // in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of 5391 // the class. 5392 5393 // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line 5394 // member function definition. 5395 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5396 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 5397 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5398 } 5399 } 5400 5401 // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope. 5402 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, NewFD->hasLinkage(), 5403 isExplicitSpecialization || 5404 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization); 5405 5406 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 5407 if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) { 5408 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 5409 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 5410 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context, 5411 SE->getString())); 5412 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 5413 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 5414 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewFD->getIdentifier()); 5415 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 5416 NewFD->addAttr(I->second); 5417 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 5418 } 5419 } 5420 5421 // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function 5422 // declaration NewFD, if they are available. First scavenge them into Params. 5423 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 5424 if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) { 5425 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 5426 5427 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs 5428 // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a 5429 // single void argument. 5430 // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator 5431 // already checks for that case. 5432 if (FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 && 5433 FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param && 5434 cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param)->getType()->isVoidType()) { 5435 // Empty arg list, don't push any params. 5436 ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param); 5437 5438 // In C++, the empty parameter-type-list must be spelled "void"; a 5439 // typedef of void is not permitted. 5440 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 5441 Param->getType().getUnqualifiedType() != Context.VoidTy) { 5442 bool IsTypeAlias = false; 5443 if (const TypedefType *TT = Param->getType()->getAs<TypedefType>()) 5444 IsTypeAlias = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(TT->getDecl()); 5445 else if (const TemplateSpecializationType *TST = 5446 Param->getType()->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) 5447 IsTypeAlias = TST->isTypeAlias(); 5448 Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_param_typedef_of_void) 5449 << IsTypeAlias; 5450 } 5451 } else if (FTI.NumArgs > 0 && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param != 0) { 5452 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i) { 5453 ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param); 5454 assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?"); 5455 Param->setDeclContext(NewFD); 5456 Params.push_back(Param); 5457 5458 if (Param->isInvalidDecl()) 5459 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5460 } 5461 } 5462 5463 } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 5464 // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the 5465 // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed) 5466 // parameters for use in the declaration. 5467 // 5468 // @code 5469 // typedef void fn(int); 5470 // fn f; 5471 // @endcode 5472 5473 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 5474 for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator AI = FT->arg_type_begin(), 5475 AE = FT->arg_type_end(); AI != AE; ++AI) { 5476 ParmVarDecl *Param = 5477 BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), *AI); 5478 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 5479 Params.push_back(Param); 5480 } 5481 } else { 5482 assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 && 5483 "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn"); 5484 } 5485 5486 // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them. 5487 NewFD->setParams(Params); 5488 5489 // Find all anonymous symbols defined during the declaration of this function 5490 // and add to NewFD. This lets us track decls such 'enum Y' in: 5491 // 5492 // void f(enum Y {AA} x) {} 5493 // 5494 // which would otherwise incorrectly end up in the translation unit scope. 5495 NewFD->setDeclsInPrototypeScope(DeclsInPrototypeScope); 5496 DeclsInPrototypeScope.clear(); 5497 5498 // Process the non-inheritable attributes on this declaration. 5499 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D, 5500 /*NonInheritable=*/true, /*Inheritable=*/false); 5501 5502 // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2 5503 // because all functions have linkage. 5504 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 5505 NewFD->getResultType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 5506 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl); 5507 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5508 } 5509 5510 // Handle attributes. 5511 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D, 5512 /*NonInheritable=*/false, /*Inheritable=*/true); 5513 5514 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5515 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 5516 bool isExplicitSpecialization=false; 5517 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 5518 if (NewFD->isMain()) 5519 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 5520 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 5521 isExplicitSpecialization)); 5522 } 5523 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 5524 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 5525 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 5526 } else { 5527 // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template 5528 // argument list into our AST format. 5529 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 5530 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId; 5531 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc); 5532 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 5533 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(*this, 5534 TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(), 5535 TemplateId->NumArgs); 5536 translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, 5537 TemplateArgs); 5538 TemplateArgsPtr.release(); 5539 5540 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 5541 5542 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 5543 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 5544 } else if (FunctionTemplate) { 5545 // Function template with explicit template arguments. 5546 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec) 5547 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 5548 5549 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 5550 } else if (!isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 5551 !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 5552 // We have encountered something that the user meant to be a 5553 // specialization (because it has explicitly-specified template 5554 // arguments) but that was not introduced with a "template<>" (or had 5555 // too few of them). 5556 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_needs_header) 5557 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc) 5558 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion( 5559 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 5560 "template<> "); 5561 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 5562 } else { 5563 // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl. 5564 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 5565 } 5566 } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 5567 // This combination is only possible in a recovery case; the user 5568 // wrote something like: 5569 // template <> friend void foo(int); 5570 // which we're recovering from as if the user had written: 5571 // friend void foo<>(int); 5572 // Go ahead and fake up a template id. 5573 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 5574 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 5575 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 5576 } 5577 5578 // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible 5579 // that either the specialized function type or the specialized 5580 // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail. In 5581 // this case, don't check the specialization yet. 5582 bool InstantiationDependent = false; 5583 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend && 5584 (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext() || 5585 TemplateSpecializationType::anyDependentTemplateArguments( 5586 TemplateArgs.getArgumentArray(), TemplateArgs.size(), 5587 InstantiationDependent))) { 5588 assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs && 5589 "friend function specialization without template args"); 5590 if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs, 5591 Previous)) 5592 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5593 } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 5594 if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord() 5595 && !isFriend) { 5596 isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = true; 5597 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ? 5598 diag::ext_function_specialization_in_class : 5599 diag::err_function_specialization_in_class) 5600 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 5601 } else if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, 5602 (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs : 0), 5603 Previous)) 5604 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5605 5606 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 5607 // A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in an explicit 5608 // specialization (14.7.3) 5609 if (SC != SC_None) { 5610 if (SC != NewFD->getStorageClass()) 5611 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 5612 diag::err_explicit_specialization_inconsistent_storage_class) 5613 << SC 5614 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 5615 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5616 5617 else 5618 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 5619 diag::ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class) 5620 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 5621 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5622 } 5623 5624 } else if (isExplicitSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 5625 if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous)) 5626 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5627 } 5628 5629 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 5630 if (!isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 5631 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 5632 // If this is a class member, mark the class invalid immediately. 5633 // This avoids some consistency errors later. 5634 if (CXXMethodDecl* methodDecl = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 5635 methodDecl->getParent()->setInvalidDecl(); 5636 } else { 5637 if (NewFD->isMain()) 5638 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 5639 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 5640 isExplicitSpecialization)); 5641 } 5642 } 5643 5644 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 5645 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 5646 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 5647 5648 NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate 5649 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate) 5650 : NewFD); 5651 5652 if (isFriend && D.isRedeclaration()) { 5653 AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public; 5654 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 5655 Access = NewFD->getPreviousDecl()->getAccess(); 5656 5657 NewFD->setAccess(Access); 5658 if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access); 5659 5660 PrincipalDecl->setObjectOfFriendDecl(true); 5661 } 5662 5663 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() && 5664 PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary)) 5665 PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator(); 5666 5667 // If we have a function template, check the template parameter 5668 // list. This will check and merge default template arguments. 5669 if (FunctionTemplate) { 5670 FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate = 5671 FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDecl(); 5672 CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 5673 PrevTemplate ? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters() : 0, 5674 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified() 5675 ? (D.isFunctionDefinition() 5676 ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition 5677 : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate) 5678 : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && 5679 DC && DC->isRecord() && 5680 DC->isDependentContext()) 5681 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 5682 : TPC_FunctionTemplate); 5683 } 5684 5685 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 5686 // Ignore all the rest of this. 5687 } else if (!D.isRedeclaration()) { 5688 struct ActOnFDArgs ExtraArgs = { S, D, TemplateParamLists, 5689 AddToScope }; 5690 // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member. 5691 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) 5692 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 5693 5694 // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration. 5695 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5696 // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or 5697 // dependent-scope friend declarations. 5698 5699 // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent 5700 // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when 5701 // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be 5702 // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor. But there 5703 // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we 5704 // can actually do this check immediately. 5705 if (isFriend && 5706 (TemplateParamLists.size() || 5707 D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() || 5708 CurContext->isDependentContext())) { 5709 // ignore these 5710 } else { 5711 // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a 5712 // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there 5713 // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2, 5714 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example: 5715 // 5716 // class X { 5717 // void f() const; 5718 // }; 5719 // 5720 // void X::f() { } // ill-formed 5721 // 5722 // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close 5723 // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and 5724 // whether the parameter types are references). 5725 5726 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(*this, Previous, 5727 NewFD, 5728 ExtraArgs)) { 5729 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 5730 return Result; 5731 } 5732 } 5733 5734 // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve 5735 // to something. 5736 } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) { 5737 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(*this, Previous, 5738 NewFD, 5739 ExtraArgs)) { 5740 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 5741 return Result; 5742 } 5743 } 5744 5745 } else if (!D.isFunctionDefinition() && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && 5746 !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 5747 !isExplicitSpecialization) { 5748 // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a 5749 // definition (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 5750 // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of 5751 // function templates or member functions of class templates, per 5752 // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an 5753 // extension for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to 5754 // generate them. 5755 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration) 5756 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5757 } 5758 } 5759 5760 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD); 5761 5762 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() && 5763 !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 5764 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 5765 diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype) 5766 << NewFD; 5767 5768 // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters. 5769 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 5770 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI; 5771 EPI.Variadic = true; 5772 EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo(); 5773 5774 QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getResultType(), 0, 0, EPI); 5775 NewFD->setType(R); 5776 } 5777 5778 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 5779 // member, set the visibility of this function. 5780 if (NewFD->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage && !DC->isRecord()) 5781 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD); 5782 5783 // If there's a #pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited in scope, consider 5784 // marking the function. 5785 AddCFAuditedAttribute(NewFD); 5786 5787 // If this is a locally-scoped extern C function, update the 5788 // map of such names. 5789 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && NewFD->isExternC() 5790 && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 5791 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, Previous, S); 5792 5793 // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren. 5794 NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd()); 5795 5796 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5797 if (FunctionTemplate) { 5798 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 5799 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 5800 return FunctionTemplate; 5801 } 5802 } 5803 5804 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 static is invalid for kernel functions. 5805 if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120) 5806 && NewFD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>() 5807 && (SC == SC_Static)) { 5808 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_static_kernel); 5809 D.setInvalidType(); 5810 } 5811 5812 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD); 5813 5814 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) 5815 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier()) 5816 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 5817 NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 5818 if (II->isStr("cudaConfigureCall")) { 5819 if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType()->isScalarType()) 5820 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return); 5821 5822 Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD); 5823 } 5824 } 5825 5826 // Here we have an function template explicit specialization at class scope. 5827 // The actually specialization will be postponed to template instatiation 5828 // time via the ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl node. 5829 if (isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 5830 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl *NewSpec = 5831 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl::Create( 5832 Context, CurContext, SourceLocation(), 5833 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD), 5834 HasExplicitTemplateArgs, TemplateArgs); 5835 CurContext->addDecl(NewSpec); 5836 AddToScope = false; 5837 } 5838 5839 return NewFD; 5840 } 5841 5842 /// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration. 5843 /// 5844 /// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration 5845 /// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not 5846 /// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is 5847 /// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed 5848 /// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions 5849 /// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called 5850 /// via InstantiateDecl). 5851 /// 5852 /// \param IsExplicitSpecialization whether this new function declaration is 5853 /// an explicit specialization of the previous declaration. 5854 /// 5855 /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error. 5856 /// 5857 /// \returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration. 5858 bool Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 5859 LookupResult &Previous, 5860 bool IsExplicitSpecialization) { 5861 assert(!NewFD->getResultType()->isVariablyModifiedType() 5862 && "Variably modified return types are not handled here"); 5863 5864 // Check for a previous declaration of this name. 5865 if (Previous.empty() && NewFD->isExternC()) { 5866 // Since we did not find anything by this name and we're declaring 5867 // an extern "C" function, look for a non-visible extern "C" 5868 // declaration with the same name. 5869 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 5870 = findLocallyScopedExternalDecl(NewFD->getDeclName()); 5871 if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end()) 5872 Previous.addDecl(Pos->second); 5873 } 5874 5875 bool Redeclaration = false; 5876 5877 // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of 5878 // the same name, if appropriate. 5879 if (!Previous.empty()) { 5880 // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or 5881 // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload, 5882 // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new 5883 // function to the scope. 5884 5885 NamedDecl *OldDecl = 0; 5886 if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context)) { 5887 Redeclaration = true; 5888 OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 5889 } else { 5890 switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl, 5891 /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) { 5892 case Ovl_Match: 5893 Redeclaration = true; 5894 break; 5895 5896 case Ovl_NonFunction: 5897 Redeclaration = true; 5898 break; 5899 5900 case Ovl_Overload: 5901 Redeclaration = false; 5902 break; 5903 } 5904 5905 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 5906 // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function 5907 // with that name must be marked "overloadable". 5908 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) 5909 << Redeclaration << NewFD; 5910 NamedDecl *OverloadedDecl = 0; 5911 if (Redeclaration) 5912 OverloadedDecl = OldDecl; 5913 else if (!Previous.empty()) 5914 OverloadedDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 5915 if (OverloadedDecl) 5916 Diag(OverloadedDecl->getLocation(), 5917 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); 5918 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) OverloadableAttr(SourceLocation(), 5919 Context)); 5920 } 5921 } 5922 5923 if (Redeclaration) { 5924 // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be 5925 // merged. 5926 if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl, S)) { 5927 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5928 return Redeclaration; 5929 } 5930 5931 Previous.clear(); 5932 Previous.addDecl(OldDecl); 5933 5934 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl 5935 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) { 5936 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl()); 5937 FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl 5938 = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate(); 5939 assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch"); 5940 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method 5941 = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) { 5942 Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 5943 NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 5944 } 5945 5946 // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function 5947 // template, mark it as a member specialization. 5948 if (IsExplicitSpecialization && 5949 NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) { 5950 NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization(); 5951 assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization()); 5952 } 5953 5954 } else { 5955 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) // Set access for out-of-line definitions 5956 NewFD->setAccess(OldDecl->getAccess()); 5957 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl)); 5958 } 5959 } 5960 } 5961 5962 // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation). 5963 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5964 // C++-specific checks. 5965 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 5966 CheckConstructor(Constructor); 5967 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = 5968 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 5969 CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent(); 5970 QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 5971 5972 // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class 5973 // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that. 5974 if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) { 5975 DeclarationName Name 5976 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 5977 Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType)); 5978 if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) { 5979 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name); 5980 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5981 return Redeclaration; 5982 } 5983 } 5984 } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion 5985 = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 5986 ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion); 5987 } 5988 5989 // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides. 5990 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 5991 if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 5992 !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 5993 if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) { 5994 // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem. 5995 if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 5996 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_overrides_virtual) 5997 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 5998 for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator 5999 Overridden = Method->begin_overridden_methods(), 6000 OverriddenEnd = Method->end_overridden_methods(); 6001 Overridden != OverriddenEnd; 6002 ++Overridden) { 6003 Diag((*Overridden)->getLocation(), 6004 diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 6005 } 6006 } 6007 } 6008 } 6009 6010 if (Method->isStatic()) 6011 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(Method); 6012 } 6013 6014 // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]). 6015 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && 6016 CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 6017 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6018 return Redeclaration; 6019 } 6020 6021 // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]). 6022 if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() && 6023 CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 6024 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6025 return Redeclaration; 6026 } 6027 6028 // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless 6029 // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done 6030 // during delayed parsing anyway. 6031 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) 6032 CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD); 6033 6034 // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this 6035 // declaration against the expected type for the builtin. 6036 if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) { 6037 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 6038 QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error); 6039 if (!T.isNull() && !Context.hasSameType(T, NewFD->getType())) { 6040 // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin, 6041 // so forget about the builtin entirely. 6042 Context.BuiltinInfo.ForgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents); 6043 } 6044 } 6045 6046 // If this function is declared as being extern "C", then check to see if 6047 // the function returns a UDT (class, struct, or union type) that is not C 6048 // compatible, and if it does, warn the user. 6049 if (NewFD->isExternC()) { 6050 QualType R = NewFD->getResultType(); 6051 if (!R.isPODType(Context) && 6052 !R->isVoidType()) 6053 Diag( NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt ) 6054 << NewFD << R; 6055 } 6056 } 6057 return Redeclaration; 6058 } 6059 6060 void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD, const DeclSpec& DS) { 6061 // C++11 [basic.start.main]p3: A program that declares main to be inline, 6062 // static or constexpr is ill-formed. 6063 // C99 6.7.4p4: In a hosted environment, the inline function specifier 6064 // shall not appear in a declaration of main. 6065 // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it. 6066 if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 6067 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 6068 ? diag::err_static_main : diag::warn_static_main) 6069 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 6070 if (FD->isInlineSpecified()) 6071 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_main) 6072 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getInlineSpecLoc()); 6073 if (FD->isConstexpr()) { 6074 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_main) 6075 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc()); 6076 FD->setConstexpr(false); 6077 } 6078 6079 QualType T = FD->getType(); 6080 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 6081 const FunctionType* FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); 6082 6083 // All the standards say that main() should should return 'int'. 6084 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getResultType(), Context.IntTy)) { 6085 // In C and C++, main magically returns 0 if you fall off the end; 6086 // set the flag which tells us that. 6087 // This is C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3. 6088 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 6089 6090 // In C with GNU extensions we allow main() to have non-integer return 6091 // type, but we should warn about the extension, and we disable the 6092 // implicit-return-zero rule. 6093 } else if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6094 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::ext_main_returns_nonint); 6095 6096 // Otherwise, this is just a flat-out error. 6097 } else { 6098 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint); 6099 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 6100 } 6101 6102 // Treat protoless main() as nullary. 6103 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return; 6104 6105 const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT); 6106 unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumArgs(); 6107 assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams); 6108 6109 bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3); 6110 6111 // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**. If 6112 // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start 6113 // getting shifty. 6114 if (nparams == 4 && Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) 6115 HasExtraParameters = false; 6116 6117 if (HasExtraParameters) { 6118 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams; 6119 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 6120 nparams = 3; 6121 } 6122 6123 // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved 6124 // if we had some location information about types. 6125 6126 QualType CharPP = 6127 Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy)); 6128 QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP }; 6129 6130 for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) { 6131 QualType AT = FTP->getArgType(i); 6132 6133 bool mismatch = true; 6134 6135 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i])) 6136 mismatch = false; 6137 else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) { 6138 // As an extension, the following forms are okay: 6139 // char const ** 6140 // char const * const * 6141 // char * const * 6142 6143 QualifierCollector qs; 6144 const PointerType* PT; 6145 if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) && 6146 (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) && 6147 (QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0) == Context.CharTy)) { 6148 qs.removeConst(); 6149 mismatch = !qs.empty(); 6150 } 6151 } 6152 6153 if (mismatch) { 6154 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i]; 6155 // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type 6156 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 6157 } 6158 } 6159 6160 if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 6161 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg); 6162 } 6163 6164 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 6165 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_template_decl); 6166 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 6167 } 6168 } 6169 6170 bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) { 6171 // FIXME: Need strict checking. In C89, we need to check for 6172 // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or 6173 // commas outside of a sizeof. In C99, it's the same list, 6174 // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated 6175 // expressions. Everything else falls under the 6176 // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception. 6177 // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression 6178 // rules there don't matter.) 6179 if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false)) 6180 return false; 6181 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant) 6182 << Init->getSourceRange(); 6183 return true; 6184 } 6185 6186 namespace { 6187 // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in 6188 // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does. 6189 class SelfReferenceChecker 6190 : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> { 6191 Sema &S; 6192 Decl *OrigDecl; 6193 bool isRecordType; 6194 bool isPODType; 6195 6196 public: 6197 typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited; 6198 6199 SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context), 6200 S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) { 6201 isPODType = false; 6202 isRecordType = false; 6203 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(OrigDecl)) { 6204 isPODType = VD->getType().isPODType(S.Context); 6205 isRecordType = VD->getType()->isRecordType(); 6206 } 6207 } 6208 6209 // Sometimes, the expression passed in lacks the casts that are used 6210 // to determine which DeclRefExpr's to check. Assume that the casts 6211 // are present and continue visiting the expression. 6212 void HandleExpr(Expr *E) { 6213 // Skip checking T a = a where T is not a record type. Doing so is a 6214 // way to silence uninitialized warnings. 6215 if (isRecordType) 6216 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) 6217 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 6218 6219 if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) { 6220 HandleValue(CO->getTrueExpr()); 6221 HandleValue(CO->getFalseExpr()); 6222 } 6223 6224 Visit(E); 6225 } 6226 6227 // For most expressions, the cast is directly above the DeclRefExpr. 6228 // For conditional operators, the cast can be outside the conditional 6229 // operator if both expressions are DeclRefExpr's. 6230 void HandleValue(Expr *E) { 6231 E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 6232 if (DeclRefExpr* DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) { 6233 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 6234 return; 6235 } 6236 6237 if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) { 6238 HandleValue(CO->getTrueExpr()); 6239 HandleValue(CO->getFalseExpr()); 6240 } 6241 } 6242 6243 void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) { 6244 if ((!isRecordType && E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) || 6245 (isRecordType && E->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp)) 6246 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 6247 6248 Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E); 6249 } 6250 6251 void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) { 6252 // Don't warn on arrays since they can be treated as pointers. 6253 if (E->getType()->canDecayToPointerType()) return; 6254 6255 ValueDecl *VD = E->getMemberDecl(); 6256 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(VD); 6257 if (isa<FieldDecl>(VD) || (MD && !MD->isStatic())) 6258 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE 6259 = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts())) { 6260 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 6261 return; 6262 } 6263 6264 Inherited::VisitMemberExpr(E); 6265 } 6266 6267 void VisitUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) { 6268 // For POD record types, addresses of its own members are well-defined. 6269 if (E->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && isRecordType && isPODType && 6270 isa<MemberExpr>(E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens())) return; 6271 Inherited::VisitUnaryOperator(E); 6272 } 6273 6274 void VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) { return; } 6275 6276 void HandleDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) { 6277 Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl(); 6278 if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return; 6279 LookupResult Result(S, DRE->getNameInfo(), Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, 6280 Sema::NotForRedeclaration); 6281 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(DRE->getLocStart(), DRE, 6282 S.PDiag(diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init) 6283 << Result.getLookupName() 6284 << OrigDecl->getLocation() 6285 << DRE->getSourceRange()); 6286 } 6287 }; 6288 } 6289 6290 /// CheckSelfReference - Warns if OrigDecl is used in expression E. 6291 void Sema::CheckSelfReference(Decl* OrigDecl, Expr *E) { 6292 SelfReferenceChecker(*this, OrigDecl).HandleExpr(E); 6293 } 6294 6295 /// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the 6296 /// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct 6297 /// initialization rather than copy initialization. 6298 void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init, 6299 bool DirectInit, bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 6300 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore 6301 // the initializer. 6302 if (RealDecl == 0 || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 6303 return; 6304 6305 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) { 6306 // With declarators parsed the way they are, the parser cannot 6307 // distinguish between a normal initializer and a pure-specifier. 6308 // Thus this grotesque test. 6309 IntegerLiteral *IL; 6310 if ((IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(Init)) && IL->getValue() == 0 && 6311 Context.getCanonicalType(IL->getType()) == Context.IntTy) 6312 CheckPureMethod(Method, Init->getSourceRange()); 6313 else { 6314 Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization) 6315 << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange(); 6316 Method->setInvalidDecl(); 6317 } 6318 return; 6319 } 6320 6321 VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl); 6322 if (!VDecl) { 6323 assert(!isa<FieldDecl>(RealDecl) && "field init shouldn't get here"); 6324 Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer); 6325 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6326 return; 6327 } 6328 6329 // Check for self-references within variable initializers. 6330 // Variables declared within a function/method body are handled 6331 // by a dataflow analysis. 6332 if (!VDecl->hasLocalStorage() && !VDecl->isStaticLocal()) 6333 CheckSelfReference(RealDecl, Init); 6334 6335 ParenListExpr *CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init); 6336 6337 // C++11 [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for. 6338 if (TypeMayContainAuto && VDecl->getType()->getContainedAutoType()) { 6339 Expr *DeduceInit = Init; 6340 // Initializer could be a C++ direct-initializer. Deduction only works if it 6341 // contains exactly one expression. 6342 if (CXXDirectInit) { 6343 if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() == 0) { 6344 // It isn't possible to write this directly, but it is possible to 6345 // end up in this situation with "auto x(some_pack...);" 6346 Diag(CXXDirectInit->getLocStart(), 6347 diag::err_auto_var_init_no_expression) 6348 << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType() 6349 << VDecl->getSourceRange(); 6350 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6351 return; 6352 } else if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() > 1) { 6353 Diag(CXXDirectInit->getExpr(1)->getLocStart(), 6354 diag::err_auto_var_init_multiple_expressions) 6355 << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType() 6356 << VDecl->getSourceRange(); 6357 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6358 return; 6359 } else { 6360 DeduceInit = CXXDirectInit->getExpr(0); 6361 } 6362 } 6363 TypeSourceInfo *DeducedType = 0; 6364 if (DeduceAutoType(VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(), DeduceInit, DeducedType) == 6365 DAR_Failed) 6366 DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VDecl, DeduceInit); 6367 if (!DeducedType) { 6368 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6369 return; 6370 } 6371 VDecl->setTypeSourceInfo(DeducedType); 6372 VDecl->setType(DeducedType->getType()); 6373 VDecl->ClearLinkageCache(); 6374 6375 // In ARC, infer lifetime. 6376 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(VDecl)) 6377 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6378 6379 // Warn if we deduced 'id'. 'auto' usually implies type-safety, but using 6380 // 'id' instead of a specific object type prevents most of our usual checks. 6381 // We only want to warn outside of template instantiations, though: 6382 // inside a template, the 'id' could have come from a parameter. 6383 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() && 6384 DeducedType->getType()->isObjCIdType()) { 6385 SourceLocation Loc = DeducedType->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 6386 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_auto_var_is_id) 6387 << VDecl->getDeclName() << DeduceInit->getSourceRange(); 6388 } 6389 6390 // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches 6391 // the previously declared type. 6392 if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDecl()) 6393 MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old); 6394 } 6395 6396 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl() && VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) { 6397 // C99 6.7.8p5. C++ has no such restriction, but that is a defect. 6398 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init); 6399 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6400 return; 6401 } 6402 6403 if (!VDecl->getType()->isDependentType()) { 6404 // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be 6405 // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by 6406 // the initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction. 6407 QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType(); 6408 if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType)) 6409 BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType(); 6410 if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType, 6411 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 6412 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6413 return; 6414 } 6415 6416 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 6417 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), 6418 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 6419 AbstractVariableType)) 6420 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6421 } 6422 6423 const VarDecl *Def; 6424 if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl) { 6425 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 6426 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 6427 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 6428 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6429 return; 6430 } 6431 6432 const VarDecl* PrevInit = 0; 6433 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6434 // C++ [class.static.data]p4 6435 // If a static data member is of const integral or const 6436 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 6437 // specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral 6438 // constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear 6439 // in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be 6440 // defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the 6441 // namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer. 6442 // 6443 // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static 6444 // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class 6445 // declaration with an initializer. 6446 if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getAnyInitializer(PrevInit)) { 6447 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 6448 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 6449 Diag(PrevInit->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 6450 return; 6451 } 6452 6453 if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage()) 6454 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 6455 6456 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) { 6457 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6458 return; 6459 } 6460 } 6461 6462 // OpenCL 1.1 6.5.2: "Variables allocated in the __local address space inside 6463 // a kernel function cannot be initialized." 6464 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal) { 6465 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_local_cant_init); 6466 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6467 return; 6468 } 6469 6470 // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since 6471 // CheckInitializerTypes may change it. 6472 QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT; 6473 6474 // Top-level message sends default to 'id' when we're in a debugger 6475 // and we are assigning it to a variable of 'id' type. 6476 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && DclT->isObjCIdType()) 6477 if (Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy && isa<ObjCMessageExpr>(Init)) { 6478 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 6479 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 6480 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6481 return; 6482 } 6483 Init = Result.take(); 6484 } 6485 6486 // Perform the initialization. 6487 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 6488 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl); 6489 InitializationKind Kind 6490 = DirectInit ? 6491 CXXDirectInit ? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(VDecl->getLocation(), 6492 Init->getLocStart(), 6493 Init->getLocEnd()) 6494 : InitializationKind::CreateDirectList( 6495 VDecl->getLocation()) 6496 : InitializationKind::CreateCopy(VDecl->getLocation(), 6497 Init->getLocStart()); 6498 6499 Expr **Args = &Init; 6500 unsigned NumArgs = 1; 6501 if (CXXDirectInit) { 6502 Args = CXXDirectInit->getExprs(); 6503 NumArgs = CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs(); 6504 } 6505 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, NumArgs); 6506 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, 6507 MultiExprArg(*this, Args,NumArgs), 6508 &DclT); 6509 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 6510 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6511 return; 6512 } 6513 6514 Init = Result.takeAs<Expr>(); 6515 } 6516 6517 // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was 6518 // completed by the initializer. For example: 6519 // int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 }; 6520 // "ary" transitions from an IncompleteArrayType to a ConstantArrayType. 6521 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT)) 6522 VDecl->setType(DclT); 6523 6524 // Check any implicit conversions within the expression. 6525 CheckImplicitConversions(Init, VDecl->getLocation()); 6526 6527 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 6528 checkUnsafeAssigns(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), Init); 6529 6530 Init = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init); 6531 // Attach the initializer to the decl. 6532 VDecl->setInit(Init); 6533 6534 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) { 6535 // C99 6.7.8p4: All the expressions in an initializer for an object that has 6536 // static storage duration shall be constant expressions or string literals. 6537 // C++ does not have this restriction. 6538 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && 6539 VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 6540 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 6541 } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && 6542 VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 6543 // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g., 6544 // 6545 // struct S { 6546 // static const int value = 17; 6547 // }; 6548 6549 // C++ [class.mem]p4: 6550 // A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only 6551 // if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or 6552 // const enumeration type, see 9.4.2. 6553 // 6554 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: 6555 // If a non-volatile const static data member is of integral or 6556 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 6557 // specify a brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initalizer-clause 6558 // that is an assignment-expression is a constant expression. A static 6559 // data member of literal type can be declared in the class definition 6560 // with the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify a 6561 // brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause that is 6562 // an assignment-expression is a constant expression. 6563 6564 // Do nothing on dependent types. 6565 if (DclT->isDependentType()) { 6566 6567 // Allow any 'static constexpr' members, whether or not they are of literal 6568 // type. We separately check that every constexpr variable is of literal 6569 // type. 6570 } else if (VDecl->isConstexpr()) { 6571 6572 // Require constness. 6573 } else if (!DclT.isConstQualified()) { 6574 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const) 6575 << Init->getSourceRange(); 6576 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6577 6578 // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases. 6579 } else if (DclT->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 6580 // Check whether the expression is a constant expression. 6581 SourceLocation Loc; 6582 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x && DclT.isVolatileQualified()) 6583 // In C++11, a non-constexpr const static data member with an 6584 // in-class initializer cannot be volatile. 6585 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_volatile); 6586 else if (Init->isValueDependent()) 6587 ; // Nothing to check. 6588 else if (Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context, &Loc)) 6589 ; // Ok, it's an ICE! 6590 else if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 6591 // If we can constant fold the initializer through heroics, accept it, 6592 // but report this as a use of an extension for -pedantic. 6593 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 6594 << Init->getSourceRange(); 6595 } else { 6596 // Otherwise, this is some crazy unknown case. Report the issue at the 6597 // location provided by the isIntegerConstantExpr failed check. 6598 Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 6599 << Init->getSourceRange(); 6600 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6601 } 6602 6603 // We allow foldable floating-point constants as an extension. 6604 } else if (DclT->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok 6605 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type) 6606 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 6607 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x) 6608 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), 6609 diag::note_in_class_initializer_float_type_constexpr) 6610 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 6611 6612 if (!Init->isValueDependent() && !Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 6613 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 6614 << Init->getSourceRange(); 6615 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6616 } 6617 6618 // Suggest adding 'constexpr' in C++11 for literal types. 6619 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x && DclT->isLiteralType()) { 6620 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_literal_type) 6621 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange() 6622 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 6623 VDecl->setConstexpr(true); 6624 6625 } else { 6626 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type) 6627 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 6628 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6629 } 6630 } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) { 6631 if (VDecl->getStorageClassAsWritten() == SC_Extern && 6632 (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || 6633 !Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified())) 6634 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init); 6635 6636 // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant. 6637 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 6638 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 6639 } 6640 6641 // We will represent direct-initialization similarly to copy-initialization: 6642 // int x(1); -as-> int x = 1; 6643 // ClassType x(a,b,c); -as-> ClassType x = ClassType(a,b,c); 6644 // 6645 // Clients that want to distinguish between the two forms, can check for 6646 // direct initializer using VarDecl::getInitStyle(). 6647 // A major benefit is that clients that don't particularly care about which 6648 // exactly form was it (like the CodeGen) can handle both cases without 6649 // special case code. 6650 6651 // C++ 8.5p11: 6652 // The form of initialization (using parentheses or '=') is generally 6653 // insignificant, but does matter when the entity being initialized has a 6654 // class type. 6655 if (CXXDirectInit) { 6656 assert(DirectInit && "Call-style initializer must be direct init."); 6657 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 6658 } else if (DirectInit) { 6659 // This must be list-initialization. No other way is direct-initialization. 6660 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::ListInit); 6661 } 6662 6663 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl); 6664 } 6665 6666 /// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an 6667 /// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form 6668 /// of sanity. 6669 void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) { 6670 // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a 6671 // variable's type is either dependent or complete". 6672 if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return; 6673 6674 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 6675 if (!VD) return; 6676 6677 // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer. 6678 if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) { 6679 D->setInvalidDecl(); 6680 return; 6681 } 6682 6683 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 6684 if (Ty->isDependentType()) return; 6685 6686 // Require a complete type. 6687 if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(), 6688 Context.getBaseElementType(Ty), 6689 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 6690 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 6691 return; 6692 } 6693 6694 // Require an abstract type. 6695 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty, 6696 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 6697 AbstractVariableType)) { 6698 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 6699 return; 6700 } 6701 6702 // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors, 6703 // though. 6704 } 6705 6706 void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl, 6707 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 6708 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it. 6709 if (RealDecl == 0) 6710 return; 6711 6712 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) { 6713 QualType Type = Var->getType(); 6714 6715 // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p3 6716 if (TypeMayContainAuto && Type->getContainedAutoType()) { 6717 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init) 6718 << Var->getDeclName() << Type; 6719 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 6720 return; 6721 } 6722 6723 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: A static data member can be declared with 6724 // the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify 6725 // a brace-or-equal-initializer. 6726 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p1: The constexpr specifier shall be applied only to 6727 // the definition of a variable [...] or the declaration of a static data 6728 // member. 6729 if (Var->isConstexpr() && !Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 6730 if (Var->isStaticDataMember()) 6731 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 6732 diag::err_constexpr_static_mem_var_requires_init) 6733 << Var->getDeclName(); 6734 else 6735 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr_var_decl); 6736 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 6737 return; 6738 } 6739 6740 switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 6741 case VarDecl::Definition: 6742 if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer()) 6743 break; 6744 6745 // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member 6746 // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like 6747 // a declaration. 6748 // 6749 // Fall through 6750 6751 case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly: 6752 // It's only a declaration. 6753 6754 // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is 6755 // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the 6756 // object shall be complete. 6757 if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() && 6758 !Var->getLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 6759 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 6760 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) 6761 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 6762 6763 // Make sure that the type is not abstract. 6764 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 6765 RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 6766 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 6767 AbstractVariableType)) 6768 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 6769 return; 6770 6771 case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition: 6772 // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an 6773 // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a 6774 // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static", 6775 // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with 6776 // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5). 6777 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) { 6778 if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT 6779 = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) { 6780 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 6781 ArrayT->getElementType(), 6782 diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type)) 6783 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 6784 } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 6785 // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is 6786 // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the 6787 // declared type shall not be an incomplete type. 6788 // NOTE: code such as the following 6789 // static struct s; 6790 // struct s { int a; }; 6791 // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of 6792 // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration. 6793 // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration. 6794 if (Var->getPreviousDecl() == 0) 6795 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 6796 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type); 6797 } 6798 } 6799 6800 // Record the tentative definition; we're done. 6801 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) 6802 TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var); 6803 return; 6804 } 6805 6806 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 6807 // definitions with incomplete array type. 6808 if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 6809 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 6810 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer); 6811 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 6812 return; 6813 } 6814 6815 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 6816 // definitions with reference type. 6817 if (Type->isReferenceType()) { 6818 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init) 6819 << Var->getDeclName() 6820 << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation()); 6821 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 6822 return; 6823 } 6824 6825 // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a 6826 // variable with dependent type. 6827 if (Type->isDependentType()) 6828 return; 6829 6830 if (Var->isInvalidDecl()) 6831 return; 6832 6833 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 6834 Context.getBaseElementType(Type), 6835 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 6836 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 6837 return; 6838 } 6839 6840 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 6841 if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 6842 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 6843 AbstractVariableType)) { 6844 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 6845 return; 6846 } 6847 6848 // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer. C++0x 6849 // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic 6850 // storage duration", not a "local variable". 6851 // C++11 [stmt.dcl]p3 6852 // A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic 6853 // storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is 6854 // ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a 6855 // trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified 6856 // version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding 6857 // types and is declared without an initializer. 6858 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) { 6859 if (const RecordType *Record 6860 = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>()) { 6861 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl()); 6862 // Mark the function for further checking even if the looser rules of 6863 // C++11 do not require such checks, so that we can diagnose 6864 // incompatibilities with C++98. 6865 if (!CXXRecord->isPOD()) 6866 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 6867 } 6868 } 6869 6870 // C++03 [dcl.init]p9: 6871 // If no initializer is specified for an object, and the 6872 // object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or 6873 // array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if 6874 // the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class 6875 // type shall have a user-declared default 6876 // constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for 6877 // a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if 6878 // any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object 6879 // or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the 6880 // program is ill-formed. 6881 // C++0x [dcl.init]p11: 6882 // If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is 6883 // default-initialized; [...]. 6884 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var); 6885 InitializationKind Kind 6886 = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation()); 6887 6888 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, 0, 0); 6889 ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, 6890 MultiExprArg(*this, 0, 0)); 6891 if (Init.isInvalid()) 6892 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 6893 else if (Init.get()) { 6894 Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get())); 6895 // This is important for template substitution. 6896 Var->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 6897 } 6898 6899 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var); 6900 } 6901 } 6902 6903 void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) { 6904 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 6905 if (!VD) { 6906 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var); 6907 D->setInvalidDecl(); 6908 return; 6909 } 6910 6911 VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 6912 6913 // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier. 6914 int Error = -1; 6915 switch (VD->getStorageClassAsWritten()) { 6916 case SC_None: 6917 break; 6918 case SC_Extern: 6919 Error = 0; 6920 break; 6921 case SC_Static: 6922 Error = 1; 6923 break; 6924 case SC_PrivateExtern: 6925 Error = 2; 6926 break; 6927 case SC_Auto: 6928 Error = 3; 6929 break; 6930 case SC_Register: 6931 Error = 4; 6932 break; 6933 case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal: 6934 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected storage class"); 6935 } 6936 if (VD->isConstexpr()) 6937 Error = 5; 6938 if (Error != -1) { 6939 Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class) 6940 << VD->getDeclName() << Error; 6941 D->setInvalidDecl(); 6942 } 6943 } 6944 6945 void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) { 6946 if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return; 6947 6948 // In ARC, don't allow jumps past the implicit initialization of a 6949 // local retaining variable. 6950 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 6951 var->hasLocalStorage()) { 6952 switch (var->getType().getObjCLifetime()) { 6953 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: 6954 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 6955 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 6956 break; 6957 6958 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 6959 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 6960 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 6961 break; 6962 } 6963 } 6964 6965 // All the following checks are C++ only. 6966 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) return; 6967 6968 QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(var->getType()); 6969 if (baseType->isDependentType()) return; 6970 6971 // __block variables might require us to capture a copy-initializer. 6972 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 6973 // It's currently invalid to ever have a __block variable with an 6974 // array type; should we diagnose that here? 6975 6976 // Regardless, we don't want to ignore array nesting when 6977 // constructing this copy. 6978 QualType type = var->getType(); 6979 6980 if (type->isStructureOrClassType()) { 6981 SourceLocation poi = var->getLocation(); 6982 Expr *varRef =new (Context) DeclRefExpr(var, false, type, VK_LValue, poi); 6983 ExprResult result = 6984 PerformCopyInitialization( 6985 InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(poi, type, false), 6986 poi, Owned(varRef)); 6987 if (!result.isInvalid()) { 6988 result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(result); 6989 Expr *init = result.takeAs<Expr>(); 6990 Context.setBlockVarCopyInits(var, init); 6991 } 6992 } 6993 } 6994 6995 Expr *Init = var->getInit(); 6996 bool IsGlobal = var->hasGlobalStorage() && !var->isStaticLocal(); 6997 6998 if (!var->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() && Init) { 6999 if (IsGlobal && !var->isConstexpr() && 7000 getDiagnostics().getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_global_constructor, 7001 var->getLocation()) 7002 != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored && 7003 !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, baseType->isReferenceType())) 7004 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor) 7005 << Init->getSourceRange(); 7006 7007 if (var->isConstexpr()) { 7008 llvm::SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes; 7009 if (!var->evaluateValue(Notes) || !var->isInitICE()) { 7010 SourceLocation DiagLoc = var->getLocation(); 7011 // If the note doesn't add any useful information other than a source 7012 // location, fold it into the primary diagnostic. 7013 if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() == 7014 diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) { 7015 DiagLoc = Notes[0].first; 7016 Notes.clear(); 7017 } 7018 Diag(DiagLoc, diag::err_constexpr_var_requires_const_init) 7019 << var << Init->getSourceRange(); 7020 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Notes.size(); I != N; ++I) 7021 Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second); 7022 } 7023 } else if (var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(Context)) { 7024 // Check whether the initializer of a const variable of integral or 7025 // enumeration type is an ICE now, since we can't tell whether it was 7026 // initialized by a constant expression if we check later. 7027 var->checkInitIsICE(); 7028 } 7029 } 7030 7031 // Require the destructor. 7032 if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>()) 7033 FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType); 7034 } 7035 7036 /// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform 7037 /// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached. 7038 void 7039 Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) { 7040 // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration. 7041 ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl); 7042 } 7043 7044 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy 7045 Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 7046 Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls) { 7047 SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls; 7048 7049 if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned()) 7050 Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl()); 7051 7052 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDecls; ++i) 7053 if (Decl *D = Group[i]) 7054 Decls.push_back(D); 7055 7056 return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls.data(), Decls.size(), 7057 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_auto); 7058 } 7059 7060 /// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration 7061 /// group, performing any necessary semantic checking. 7062 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy 7063 Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls, 7064 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 7065 // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p7: 7066 // If the type deduced for the template parameter U is not the same in each 7067 // deduction, the program is ill-formed. 7068 // FIXME: When initializer-list support is added, a distinction is needed 7069 // between the deduced type U and the deduced type which 'auto' stands for. 7070 // auto a = 0, b = { 1, 2, 3 }; 7071 // is legal because the deduced type U is 'int' in both cases. 7072 if (TypeMayContainAuto && NumDecls > 1) { 7073 QualType Deduced; 7074 CanQualType DeducedCanon; 7075 VarDecl *DeducedDecl = 0; 7076 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDecls; ++i) { 7077 if (VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i])) { 7078 AutoType *AT = D->getType()->getContainedAutoType(); 7079 // Don't reissue diagnostics when instantiating a template. 7080 if (AT && D->isInvalidDecl()) 7081 break; 7082 if (AT && AT->isDeduced()) { 7083 QualType U = AT->getDeducedType(); 7084 CanQualType UCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(U); 7085 if (Deduced.isNull()) { 7086 Deduced = U; 7087 DeducedCanon = UCanon; 7088 DeducedDecl = D; 7089 } else if (DeducedCanon != UCanon) { 7090 Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), 7091 diag::err_auto_different_deductions) 7092 << Deduced << DeducedDecl->getDeclName() 7093 << U << D->getDeclName() 7094 << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange() 7095 << D->getInit()->getSourceRange(); 7096 D->setInvalidDecl(); 7097 break; 7098 } 7099 } 7100 } 7101 } 7102 } 7103 7104 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, NumDecls)); 7105 } 7106 7107 7108 /// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator() 7109 /// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope. 7110 Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 7111 const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec(); 7112 7113 // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'. 7114 // C++03 [dcl.stc]p2 also permits 'auto'. 7115 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass = SC_None; 7116 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClassAsWritten = SC_None; 7117 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) { 7118 StorageClass = SC_Register; 7119 StorageClassAsWritten = SC_Register; 7120 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 7121 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_auto) { 7122 StorageClass = SC_Auto; 7123 StorageClassAsWritten = SC_Auto; 7124 } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 7125 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 7126 diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl); 7127 D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs(); 7128 } 7129 7130 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 7131 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 7132 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 7133 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 7134 << 0; 7135 7136 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 7137 7138 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 7139 QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType(); 7140 7141 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7142 // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this 7143 // parameter. 7144 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 7145 7146 // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 7147 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 7148 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator) 7149 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 7150 D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear(); 7151 } 7152 } 7153 7154 // Ensure we have a valid name 7155 IdentifierInfo *II = 0; 7156 if (D.hasName()) { 7157 II = D.getIdentifier(); 7158 if (!II) { 7159 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name) 7160 << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName().getAsString(); 7161 D.setInvalidType(true); 7162 } 7163 } 7164 7165 // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x); 7166 if (II) { 7167 LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName, 7168 ForRedeclaration); 7169 LookupName(R, S); 7170 if (R.isSingleResult()) { 7171 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 7172 if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 7173 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 7174 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 7175 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 7176 PrevDecl = 0; 7177 } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 7178 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II; 7179 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 7180 7181 // Recover by removing the name 7182 II = 0; 7183 D.SetIdentifier(0, D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7184 D.setInvalidType(true); 7185 } 7186 } 7187 } 7188 7189 // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not 7190 // the enclosing context. This prevents them from accidentally 7191 // looking like class members in C++. 7192 ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 7193 D.getLocStart(), 7194 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 7195 parmDeclType, TInfo, 7196 StorageClass, StorageClassAsWritten); 7197 7198 if (D.isInvalidType()) 7199 New->setInvalidDecl(); 7200 7201 assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()); 7202 assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1); 7203 New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1, 7204 S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex()); 7205 7206 // Add the parameter declaration into this scope. 7207 S->AddDecl(New); 7208 if (II) 7209 IdResolver.AddDecl(New); 7210 7211 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D); 7212 7213 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 7214 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 7215 << 1 << New->getDeclName() 7216 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 7217 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 7218 7219 if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 7220 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 7221 } 7222 return New; 7223 } 7224 7225 /// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a 7226 /// typedef. 7227 ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, 7228 SourceLocation Loc, 7229 QualType T) { 7230 /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc. 7231 Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source 7232 location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */ 7233 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, 0, 7234 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc), 7235 SC_None, SC_None, 0); 7236 Param->setImplicit(); 7237 return Param; 7238 } 7239 7240 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 7241 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd) { 7242 // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we 7243 // will already have done so in the template itself. 7244 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) 7245 return; 7246 7247 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 7248 if (!(*Param)->isReferenced() && (*Param)->getDeclName() && 7249 !(*Param)->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) { 7250 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter) 7251 << (*Param)->getDeclName(); 7252 } 7253 } 7254 } 7255 7256 void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 7257 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd, 7258 QualType ReturnTy, 7259 NamedDecl *D) { 7260 if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check. 7261 return; 7262 7263 // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 7264 // threshold. 7265 if (!ReturnTy->isDependentType() && ReturnTy.isPODType(Context)) { 7266 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity(); 7267 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 7268 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size) 7269 << D->getDeclName() << Size; 7270 } 7271 7272 // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 7273 // threshold. 7274 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 7275 QualType T = (*Param)->getType(); 7276 if (T->isDependentType() || !T.isPODType(Context)) 7277 continue; 7278 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity(); 7279 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 7280 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size) 7281 << (*Param)->getDeclName() << Size; 7282 } 7283 } 7284 7285 ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, 7286 SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, 7287 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 7288 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass, 7289 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClassAsWritten) { 7290 // In ARC, infer a lifetime qualifier for appropriate parameter types. 7291 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 7292 T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None && 7293 T->isObjCLifetimeType()) { 7294 7295 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime; 7296 7297 // Special cases for arrays: 7298 // - if it's const, use __unsafe_unretained 7299 // - otherwise, it's an error 7300 if (T->isArrayType()) { 7301 if (!T.isConstQualified()) { 7302 DelayedDiagnostics.add( 7303 sema::DelayedDiagnostic::makeForbiddenType( 7304 NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership, T, false)); 7305 } 7306 lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone; 7307 } else { 7308 lifetime = T->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 7309 } 7310 T = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(T, lifetime); 7311 } 7312 7313 ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name, 7314 Context.getAdjustedParameterType(T), 7315 TSInfo, 7316 StorageClass, StorageClassAsWritten, 7317 0); 7318 7319 // Parameters can not be abstract class types. 7320 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 7321 // the class has been completely parsed. 7322 if (!CurContext->isRecord() && 7323 RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 7324 AbstractParamType)) 7325 New->setInvalidDecl(); 7326 7327 // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are 7328 // passed by reference. 7329 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 7330 SourceLocation TypeEndLoc = TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocEnd(); 7331 Diag(NameLoc, 7332 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T 7333 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(TypeEndLoc, "*"); 7334 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 7335 New->setType(T); 7336 } 7337 7338 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage 7339 // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier." 7340 // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have 7341 // an address space. 7342 if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 7343 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space); 7344 New->setInvalidDecl(); 7345 } 7346 7347 return New; 7348 } 7349 7350 void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 7351 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) { 7352 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 7353 7354 // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared' 7355 // for a K&R function. 7356 if (!FTI.hasPrototype) { 7357 for (int i = FTI.NumArgs; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) { 7358 --i; 7359 if (FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param == 0) { 7360 SmallString<256> Code; 7361 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code) << " int " 7362 << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident->getName() 7363 << ";\n"; 7364 Diag(FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared) 7365 << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident 7366 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code.str()); 7367 7368 // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better 7369 // type. 7370 AttributeFactory attrs; 7371 DeclSpec DS(attrs); 7372 const char* PrevSpec; // unused 7373 unsigned DiagID; // unused 7374 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc, 7375 PrevSpec, DiagID); 7376 Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext); 7377 ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc); 7378 FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD); 7379 } 7380 } 7381 } 7382 } 7383 7384 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Declarator &D) { 7385 assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == 0 && "Function parsing confused"); 7386 assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!"); 7387 Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent(); 7388 7389 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Definition); 7390 Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, 7391 MultiTemplateParamsArg(*this)); 7392 return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP); 7393 } 7394 7395 static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD) { 7396 // Don't warn about invalid declarations. 7397 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 7398 return false; 7399 7400 // Or declarations that aren't global. 7401 if (!FD->isGlobal()) 7402 return false; 7403 7404 // Don't warn about C++ member functions. 7405 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) 7406 return false; 7407 7408 // Don't warn about 'main'. 7409 if (FD->isMain()) 7410 return false; 7411 7412 // Don't warn about inline functions. 7413 if (FD->isInlined()) 7414 return false; 7415 7416 // Don't warn about function templates. 7417 if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 7418 return false; 7419 7420 // Don't warn about function template specializations. 7421 if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 7422 return false; 7423 7424 bool MissingPrototype = true; 7425 for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDecl(); 7426 Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl()) { 7427 // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method 7428 // scope, because they aren't visible from the header. 7429 if (Prev->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 7430 continue; 7431 7432 MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType(); 7433 break; 7434 } 7435 7436 return MissingPrototype; 7437 } 7438 7439 void Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD) { 7440 // Don't complain if we're in GNU89 mode and the previous definition 7441 // was an extern inline function. 7442 const FunctionDecl *Definition; 7443 if (FD->isDefined(Definition) && 7444 !canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOpts())) { 7445 if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() && 7446 Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern) 7447 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline) 7448 << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 7449 else 7450 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName(); 7451 Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 7452 } 7453 } 7454 7455 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D) { 7456 // Clear the last template instantiation error context. 7457 LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext = ActiveTemplateInstantiation(); 7458 7459 if (!D) 7460 return D; 7461 FunctionDecl *FD = 0; 7462 7463 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) 7464 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 7465 else 7466 FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 7467 7468 // Enter a new function scope 7469 PushFunctionScope(); 7470 7471 // See if this is a redefinition. 7472 if (!FD->isLateTemplateParsed()) 7473 CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD); 7474 7475 // Builtin functions cannot be defined. 7476 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 7477 if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 7478 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD; 7479 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 7480 } 7481 } 7482 7483 // The return type of a function definition must be complete 7484 // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6). 7485 QualType ResultType = FD->getResultType(); 7486 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() && 7487 !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 7488 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType, 7489 diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result)) 7490 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 7491 7492 // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes: 7493 // Warn if a global function is defined without a previous 7494 // prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the 7495 // definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect 7496 // global functions that fail to be declared in header files. 7497 if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD)) 7498 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD; 7499 7500 if (FnBodyScope) 7501 PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD); 7502 7503 // Check the validity of our function parameters 7504 CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 7505 /*CheckParameterNames=*/true); 7506 7507 // Introduce our parameters into the function scope 7508 for (unsigned p = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); p < NumParams; ++p) { 7509 ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(p); 7510 Param->setOwningFunction(FD); 7511 7512 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 7513 if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) { 7514 CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param); 7515 7516 PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope); 7517 } 7518 } 7519 7520 // If we had any tags defined in the function prototype, 7521 // introduce them into the function scope. 7522 if (FnBodyScope) { 7523 for (llvm::ArrayRef<NamedDecl*>::iterator I = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().begin(), 7524 E = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().end(); I != E; ++I) { 7525 NamedDecl *D = *I; 7526 7527 // Some of these decls (like enums) may have been pinned to the translation unit 7528 // for lack of a real context earlier. If so, remove from the translation unit 7529 // and reattach to the current context. 7530 if (D->getLexicalDeclContext() == Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()) { 7531 // Is the decl actually in the context? 7532 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator DI = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->decls_begin(), 7533 DE = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->decls_end(); DI != DE; ++DI) { 7534 if (*DI == D) { 7535 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->removeDecl(D); 7536 break; 7537 } 7538 } 7539 // Either way, reassign the lexical decl context to our FunctionDecl. 7540 D->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 7541 } 7542 7543 // If the decl has a non-null name, make accessible in the current scope. 7544 if (!D->getName().empty()) 7545 PushOnScopeChains(D, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 7546 7547 // Similarly, dive into enums and fish their constants out, making them 7548 // accessible in this scope. 7549 if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) { 7550 for (EnumDecl::enumerator_iterator EI = ED->enumerator_begin(), 7551 EE = ED->enumerator_end(); EI != EE; ++EI) 7552 PushOnScopeChains(*EI, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 7553 } 7554 } 7555 } 7556 7557 // Ensure that the function's exception specification is instantiated. 7558 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) 7559 ResolveExceptionSpec(D->getLocation(), FPT); 7560 7561 // Checking attributes of current function definition 7562 // dllimport attribute. 7563 DLLImportAttr *DA = FD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 7564 if (DA && (!FD->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>())) { 7565 // dllimport attribute cannot be directly applied to definition. 7566 // Microsoft accepts dllimport for functions defined within class scope. 7567 if (!DA->isInherited() && 7568 !(LangOpts.MicrosoftExt && FD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 7569 Diag(FD->getLocation(), 7570 diag::err_attribute_can_be_applied_only_to_symbol_declaration) 7571 << "dllimport"; 7572 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 7573 return FD; 7574 } 7575 7576 // Visual C++ appears to not think this is an issue, so only issue 7577 // a warning when Microsoft extensions are disabled. 7578 if (!LangOpts.MicrosoftExt) { 7579 // If a symbol previously declared dllimport is later defined, the 7580 // attribute is ignored in subsequent references, and a warning is 7581 // emitted. 7582 Diag(FD->getLocation(), 7583 diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored) 7584 << FD->getName() << "dllimport"; 7585 } 7586 } 7587 return FD; 7588 } 7589 7590 /// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body, 7591 /// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value 7592 /// optimization. 7593 /// 7594 /// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value 7595 /// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any 7596 /// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can 7597 /// use the named return value optimization. 7598 /// 7599 /// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return 7600 /// statement in the function has the same NRVO candidate, that candidate is 7601 /// the NRVO variable. 7602 /// 7603 /// FIXME: Employ a smarter algorithm that accounts for multiple return 7604 /// statements and the lifetimes of the NRVO candidates. We should be able to 7605 /// find a maximal set of NRVO variables. 7606 void Sema::computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) { 7607 ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data(); 7608 7609 const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = 0; 7610 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) { 7611 if (!Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) 7612 return; 7613 7614 if (!NRVOCandidate) 7615 NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate(); 7616 else if (NRVOCandidate != Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) 7617 return; 7618 } 7619 7620 if (NRVOCandidate) 7621 const_cast<VarDecl*>(NRVOCandidate)->setNRVOVariable(true); 7622 } 7623 7624 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) { 7625 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, move(BodyArg), false); 7626 } 7627 7628 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body, 7629 bool IsInstantiation) { 7630 FunctionDecl *FD = 0; 7631 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl); 7632 if (FunTmpl) 7633 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 7634 else 7635 FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(dcl); 7636 7637 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy(); 7638 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = 0; 7639 7640 if (FD) { 7641 FD->setBody(Body); 7642 7643 // If the function implicitly returns zero (like 'main') or is naked, 7644 // don't complain about missing return statements. 7645 if (FD->hasImplicitReturnZero() || FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) 7646 WP.disableCheckFallThrough(); 7647 7648 // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition, 7649 // defined at class scope, warn about this non standard construct. 7650 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && FD->isPure()) 7651 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_pure_function_definition); 7652 7653 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7654 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end()); 7655 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 7656 FD->getResultType(), FD); 7657 7658 // If this is a constructor, we need a vtable. 7659 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD)) 7660 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent()); 7661 7662 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 7663 } 7664 7665 assert((FD == getCurFunctionDecl() || getCurLambda()->CallOperator == FD) && 7666 "Function parsing confused"); 7667 } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) { 7668 assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused"); 7669 MD->setBody(Body); 7670 if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7671 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end()); 7672 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end(), 7673 MD->getResultType(), MD); 7674 7675 if (Body) 7676 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 7677 } 7678 if (ObjCShouldCallSuperDealloc) { 7679 Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_dealloc); 7680 ObjCShouldCallSuperDealloc = false; 7681 } 7682 if (ObjCShouldCallSuperFinalize) { 7683 Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_finalize); 7684 ObjCShouldCallSuperFinalize = false; 7685 } 7686 } else { 7687 return 0; 7688 } 7689 7690 assert(!ObjCShouldCallSuperDealloc && "This should only be set for " 7691 "ObjC methods, which should have been handled in the block above."); 7692 assert(!ObjCShouldCallSuperFinalize && "This should only be set for " 7693 "ObjC methods, which should have been handled in the block above."); 7694 7695 // Verify and clean out per-function state. 7696 if (Body) { 7697 // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return 7698 // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14) 7699 // Verify this. 7700 if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body)) 7701 DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body)); 7702 7703 // Verify that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally. 7704 if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() && 7705 !dcl->isInvalidDecl() && 7706 !hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction()) 7707 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body); 7708 7709 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) { 7710 if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType()) 7711 CheckDestructor(Destructor); 7712 7713 MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(), 7714 Destructor->getParent()); 7715 } 7716 7717 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 7718 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 7719 // deletion in some later function. 7720 if (PP.getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred() || 7721 PP.getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) { 7722 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 7723 } else if (!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) { 7724 // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are 7725 // enabled. 7726 ActivePolicy = &WP; 7727 } 7728 7729 if (!IsInstantiation && FD && FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 7730 (!CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(FD) || 7731 !CheckConstexprFunctionBody(FD, Body))) 7732 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 7733 7734 assert(ExprCleanupObjects.empty() && "Leftover temporaries in function"); 7735 assert(!ExprNeedsCleanups && "Unaccounted cleanups in function"); 7736 assert(MaybeODRUseExprs.empty() && 7737 "Leftover expressions for odr-use checking"); 7738 } 7739 7740 if (!IsInstantiation) 7741 PopDeclContext(); 7742 7743 PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl); 7744 7745 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 7746 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 7747 // deletion in some later function. 7748 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) { 7749 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 7750 } 7751 7752 return dcl; 7753 } 7754 7755 7756 /// When we finish delayed parsing of an attribute, we must attach it to the 7757 /// relevant Decl. 7758 void Sema::ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, 7759 ParsedAttributes &Attrs) { 7760 // Always attach attributes to the underlying decl. 7761 if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D)) 7762 D = TD->getTemplatedDecl(); 7763 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, Attrs.getList()); 7764 7765 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 7766 if (Method->isStatic()) 7767 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(Method); 7768 } 7769 7770 7771 /// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function 7772 /// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2). 7773 NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, 7774 IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 7775 // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined 7776 // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of 7777 // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that 7778 // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it. 7779 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 7780 = findLocallyScopedExternalDecl(&II); 7781 if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end()) { 7782 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << Pos->second; 7783 Diag(Pos->second->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 7784 return Pos->second; 7785 } 7786 7787 // Extension in C99. Legal in C90, but warn about it. 7788 unsigned diag_id; 7789 if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_")) 7790 diag_id = diag::warn_builtin_unknown; 7791 else if (getLangOpts().C99) 7792 diag_id = diag::ext_implicit_function_decl; 7793 else 7794 diag_id = diag::warn_implicit_function_decl; 7795 Diag(Loc, diag_id) << &II; 7796 7797 // Because typo correction is expensive, only do it if the implicit 7798 // function declaration is going to be treated as an error. 7799 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag_id, Loc) >= DiagnosticsEngine::Error) { 7800 TypoCorrection Corrected; 7801 DeclFilterCCC<FunctionDecl> Validator; 7802 if (S && (Corrected = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(&II, Loc), 7803 LookupOrdinaryName, S, 0, Validator))) { 7804 std::string CorrectedStr = Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts()); 7805 std::string CorrectedQuotedStr = Corrected.getQuoted(getLangOpts()); 7806 FunctionDecl *Func = Corrected.getCorrectionDeclAs<FunctionDecl>(); 7807 7808 Diag(Loc, diag::note_function_suggestion) << CorrectedQuotedStr 7809 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Loc, CorrectedStr); 7810 7811 if (Func->getLocation().isValid() 7812 && !II.getName().startswith("__builtin_")) 7813 Diag(Func->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 7814 << CorrectedQuotedStr; 7815 } 7816 } 7817 7818 // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo(); 7819 const char *Dummy; 7820 AttributeFactory attrFactory; 7821 DeclSpec DS(attrFactory); 7822 unsigned DiagID; 7823 bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID); 7824 (void)Error; // Silence warning. 7825 assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!"); 7826 Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext); 7827 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(false, false, SourceLocation(), 0, 7828 0, 0, true, SourceLocation(), 7829 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 7830 SourceLocation(), 7831 EST_None, SourceLocation(), 7832 0, 0, 0, 0, Loc, Loc, D), 7833 DS.getAttributes(), 7834 SourceLocation()); 7835 D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc); 7836 7837 // Insert this function into translation-unit scope. 7838 7839 DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext; 7840 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 7841 7842 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D)); 7843 FD->setImplicit(); 7844 7845 CurContext = PrevDC; 7846 7847 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD); 7848 7849 return FD; 7850 } 7851 7852 /// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on 7853 /// the declaration of this function. 7854 /// 7855 /// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins 7856 /// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions 7857 /// like NSLog or printf. 7858 /// 7859 /// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written 7860 /// attributes are applied to declarations. 7861 void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) { 7862 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 7863 return; 7864 7865 // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to 7866 // actual attributes. 7867 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 7868 // Handle printf-formatting attributes. 7869 unsigned FormatIdx; 7870 bool HasVAListArg; 7871 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) { 7872 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) { 7873 const char *fmt = "printf"; 7874 unsigned int NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); 7875 if (FormatIdx < NumParams && // NumParams may be 0 (e.g. vfprintf) 7876 FD->getParamDecl(FormatIdx)->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 7877 fmt = "NSString"; 7878 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 7879 fmt, FormatIdx+1, 7880 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2)); 7881 } 7882 } 7883 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, 7884 HasVAListArg)) { 7885 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) 7886 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 7887 "scanf", FormatIdx+1, 7888 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2)); 7889 } 7890 7891 // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only 7892 // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows 7893 // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions. 7894 if (!getLangOpts().MathErrno && 7895 Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) { 7896 if (!FD->getAttr<ConstAttr>()) 7897 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ConstAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 7898 } 7899 7900 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isReturnsTwice(BuiltinID) && 7901 !FD->getAttr<ReturnsTwiceAttr>()) 7902 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ReturnsTwiceAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 7903 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID) && !FD->getAttr<NoThrowAttr>()) 7904 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) NoThrowAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 7905 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID) && !FD->getAttr<ConstAttr>()) 7906 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ConstAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 7907 } 7908 7909 IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier(); 7910 if (!Name) 7911 return; 7912 if ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 7913 FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) || 7914 (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) && 7915 cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() == 7916 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) { 7917 // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know 7918 // about. 7919 } else 7920 return; 7921 7922 if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) { 7923 // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be 7924 // target-specific builtins, perhaps? 7925 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) 7926 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 7927 "printf", 2, 7928 Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3)); 7929 } 7930 } 7931 7932 TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, 7933 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) { 7934 assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator"); 7935 assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type"); 7936 7937 if (!TInfo) { 7938 assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type"); 7939 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 7940 } 7941 7942 // Scope manipulation handled by caller. 7943 TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 7944 D.getLocStart(), 7945 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 7946 D.getIdentifier(), 7947 TInfo); 7948 7949 // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration. 7950 if (D.isInvalidType()) { 7951 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 7952 return NewTD; 7953 } 7954 7955 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 7956 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 7957 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 7958 << 2 << NewTD->getDeclName() 7959 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 7960 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 7961 else 7962 NewTD->setModulePrivate(); 7963 } 7964 7965 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8: 7966 // If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or 7967 // enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration 7968 // to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the 7969 // class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only. 7970 // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration. 7971 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) { 7972 case TST_enum: 7973 case TST_struct: 7974 case TST_union: 7975 case TST_class: { 7976 TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl()); 7977 7978 // Do nothing if the tag is not anonymous or already has an 7979 // associated typedef (from an earlier typedef in this decl group). 7980 if (tagFromDeclSpec->getIdentifier()) break; 7981 if (tagFromDeclSpec->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) break; 7982 7983 // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition. 7984 assert(tagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition()); 7985 7986 // The type must match the tag exactly; no qualifiers allowed. 7987 if (!Context.hasSameType(T, Context.getTagDeclType(tagFromDeclSpec))) 7988 break; 7989 7990 // Otherwise, set this is the anon-decl typedef for the tag. 7991 tagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD); 7992 break; 7993 } 7994 7995 default: 7996 break; 7997 } 7998 7999 return NewTD; 8000 } 8001 8002 8003 /// \brief Check that this is a valid underlying type for an enum declaration. 8004 bool Sema::CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI) { 8005 SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 8006 QualType T = TI->getType(); 8007 8008 if (T->isDependentType() || T->isIntegralType(Context)) 8009 return false; 8010 8011 Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) << T; 8012 return true; 8013 } 8014 8015 /// Check whether this is a valid redeclaration of a previous enumeration. 8016 /// \return true if the redeclaration was invalid. 8017 bool Sema::CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped, 8018 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, 8019 const EnumDecl *Prev) { 8020 bool IsFixed = !EnumUnderlyingTy.isNull(); 8021 8022 if (IsScoped != Prev->isScoped()) { 8023 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch) 8024 << Prev->isScoped(); 8025 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 8026 return true; 8027 } 8028 8029 if (IsFixed && Prev->isFixed()) { 8030 if (!EnumUnderlyingTy->isDependentType() && 8031 !Prev->getIntegerType()->isDependentType() && 8032 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(EnumUnderlyingTy, 8033 Prev->getIntegerType())) { 8034 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch) 8035 << EnumUnderlyingTy << Prev->getIntegerType(); 8036 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 8037 return true; 8038 } 8039 } else if (IsFixed != Prev->isFixed()) { 8040 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch) 8041 << Prev->isFixed(); 8042 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 8043 return true; 8044 } 8045 8046 return false; 8047 } 8048 8049 /// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable 8050 /// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration. 8051 /// 8052 /// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise. 8053 bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, 8054 TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition, 8055 SourceLocation NewTagLoc, 8056 const IdentifierInfo &Name) { 8057 // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3: 8058 // The class-key or enum keyword present in the 8059 // elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the 8060 // declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier 8061 // refers. This rule also applies to the form of 8062 // elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or 8063 // friend class since it can be construed as referring to the 8064 // definition of the class. Thus, in any 8065 // elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to 8066 // refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be 8067 // used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or 8068 // struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9) 8069 // declared using the class or struct class-key. 8070 TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind(); 8071 if (!isDefinition || (NewTag != TTK_Class && NewTag != TTK_Struct)) 8072 if (OldTag == NewTag) 8073 return true; 8074 8075 if ((OldTag == TTK_Struct || OldTag == TTK_Class) && 8076 (NewTag == TTK_Struct || NewTag == TTK_Class)) { 8077 // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch. 8078 bool isTemplate = false; 8079 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous)) 8080 isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 8081 8082 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 8083 // In a template instantiation, do not offer fix-its for tag mismatches 8084 // since they usually mess up the template instead of fixing the problem. 8085 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 8086 << (NewTag == TTK_Class) << isTemplate << &Name; 8087 return true; 8088 } 8089 8090 if (isDefinition) { 8091 // On definitions, check previous tags and issue a fix-it for each 8092 // one that doesn't match the current tag. 8093 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 8094 // Don't suggest fix-its for redefinitions. 8095 return true; 8096 } 8097 8098 bool previousMismatch = false; 8099 for (TagDecl::redecl_iterator I(Previous->redecls_begin()), 8100 E(Previous->redecls_end()); I != E; ++I) { 8101 if (I->getTagKind() != NewTag) { 8102 if (!previousMismatch) { 8103 previousMismatch = true; 8104 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch) 8105 << (NewTag == TTK_Class) << isTemplate << &Name; 8106 } 8107 Diag(I->getInnerLocStart(), diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 8108 << (NewTag == TTK_Class) 8109 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(I->getInnerLocStart(), 8110 NewTag == TTK_Class? 8111 "class" : "struct"); 8112 } 8113 } 8114 return true; 8115 } 8116 8117 // Check for a previous definition. If current tag and definition 8118 // are same type, do nothing. If no definition, but disagree with 8119 // with previous tag type, give a warning, but no fix-it. 8120 const TagDecl *Redecl = Previous->getDefinition() ? 8121 Previous->getDefinition() : Previous; 8122 if (Redecl->getTagKind() == NewTag) { 8123 return true; 8124 } 8125 8126 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 8127 << (NewTag == TTK_Class) 8128 << isTemplate << &Name; 8129 Diag(Redecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 8130 8131 // If there is a previous defintion, suggest a fix-it. 8132 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 8133 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 8134 << (Redecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Class) 8135 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc), 8136 Redecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Class? "class" : "struct"); 8137 } 8138 8139 return true; 8140 } 8141 return false; 8142 } 8143 8144 /// ActOnTag - This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'. In the 8145 /// former case, Name will be non-null. In the later case, Name will be null. 8146 /// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a 8147 /// reference/declaration/definition of a tag. 8148 Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 8149 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 8150 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 8151 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS, 8152 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 8153 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 8154 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent, 8155 SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc, 8156 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, 8157 TypeResult UnderlyingType) { 8158 // If this is not a definition, it must have a name. 8159 IdentifierInfo *OrigName = Name; 8160 assert((Name != 0 || TUK == TUK_Definition) && 8161 "Nameless record must be a definition!"); 8162 assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference); 8163 8164 OwnedDecl = false; 8165 TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec); 8166 bool ScopedEnum = ScopedEnumKWLoc.isValid(); 8167 8168 // FIXME: Check explicit specializations more carefully. 8169 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 8170 bool Invalid = false; 8171 8172 // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters 8173 // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work 8174 // for non-C++ cases. 8175 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 || 8176 (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) { 8177 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams 8178 = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(KWLoc, NameLoc, SS, 8179 TemplateParameterLists.get(), 8180 TemplateParameterLists.size(), 8181 TUK == TUK_Friend, 8182 isExplicitSpecialization, 8183 Invalid)) { 8184 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 8185 // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may 8186 // be a member of another template). 8187 8188 if (Invalid) 8189 return 0; 8190 8191 OwnedDecl = false; 8192 DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc, 8193 SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr, 8194 TemplateParams, AS, 8195 ModulePrivateLoc, 8196 TemplateParameterLists.size() - 1, 8197 (TemplateParameterList**) TemplateParameterLists.release()); 8198 return Result.get(); 8199 } else { 8200 // The "template<>" header is extraneous. 8201 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams) 8202 << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name; 8203 isExplicitSpecialization = true; 8204 } 8205 } 8206 } 8207 8208 // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do 8209 // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible 8210 // redeclaration. 8211 llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying; 8212 8213 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 8214 if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum)) 8215 // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the 8216 // type, default to int. 8217 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 8218 else if (UnderlyingType.get()) { 8219 // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an 8220 // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored. 8221 TypeSourceInfo *TI = 0; 8222 GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI); 8223 EnumUnderlying = TI; 8224 8225 if (CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TI)) 8226 // Recover by falling back to int. 8227 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 8228 8229 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TI, 8230 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType)) 8231 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 8232 8233 } else if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode) 8234 // Microsoft enums are always of int type. 8235 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 8236 } 8237 8238 DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext; 8239 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 8240 bool isStdBadAlloc = false; 8241 8242 RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration; 8243 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) 8244 Redecl = NotForRedeclaration; 8245 8246 LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl); 8247 8248 if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) { 8249 // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar'). 8250 8251 // Check for invalid 'foo::'. 8252 if (SS.isInvalid()) { 8253 Name = 0; 8254 goto CreateNewDecl; 8255 } 8256 8257 // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent 8258 // context, don't try to make a decl for it. 8259 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 8260 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false); 8261 if (!DC) { 8262 IsDependent = true; 8263 return 0; 8264 } 8265 } else { 8266 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true); 8267 if (!DC) { 8268 Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec) 8269 << SS.getRange(); 8270 return 0; 8271 } 8272 } 8273 8274 if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC)) 8275 return 0; 8276 8277 SearchDC = DC; 8278 // Look-up name inside 'foo::'. 8279 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 8280 8281 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 8282 return 0; 8283 8284 if (Previous.empty()) { 8285 // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the 8286 // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation, 8287 // and that current instantiation has any dependent base 8288 // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat 8289 // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier. 8290 // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups. 8291 if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() && 8292 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 8293 IsDependent = true; 8294 return 0; 8295 } 8296 8297 // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist. 8298 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope) 8299 << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange(); 8300 Name = 0; 8301 Invalid = true; 8302 goto CreateNewDecl; 8303 } 8304 } else if (Name) { 8305 // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward 8306 // declaration or definition. 8307 // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we 8308 // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we 8309 // shouldn't be diagnosing. 8310 LookupName(Previous, S); 8311 8312 if (Previous.isAmbiguous() && 8313 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) { 8314 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 8315 while (F.hasNext()) { 8316 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 8317 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() != SearchDC) 8318 F.erase(); 8319 } 8320 F.done(); 8321 } 8322 8323 // Note: there used to be some attempt at recovery here. 8324 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 8325 return 0; 8326 8327 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) { 8328 // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated 8329 // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching 8330 // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak 8331 // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this? 8332 while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC)) 8333 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 8334 } 8335 } else if (S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) { 8336 // If this is an enum declaration in function prototype scope, set its 8337 // initial context to the translation unit. 8338 // FIXME: [citation needed] 8339 SearchDC = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 8340 } 8341 8342 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 8343 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 8344 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 8345 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl()); 8346 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 8347 Previous.clear(); 8348 } 8349 8350 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace && 8351 DC->Equals(getStdNamespace()) && Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) { 8352 // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc". 8353 isStdBadAlloc = true; 8354 8355 if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) { 8356 // std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to 8357 // name lookup). Fill in this implicit declaration as the previous 8358 // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately. 8359 Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc()); 8360 } 8361 } 8362 8363 // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference 8364 // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope. In C++, we 8365 // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case 8366 // there's a shadow friend decl. 8367 if (Name && Previous.empty() && 8368 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 8369 if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl; 8370 assert(SS.isEmpty()); 8371 8372 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) { 8373 // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5: 8374 // -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form 8375 // 8376 // class-key identifier 8377 // 8378 // if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the 8379 // decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a 8380 // function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is 8381 // declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains 8382 // the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend 8383 // declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest 8384 // non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the 8385 // declaration. 8386 // 8387 // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for 8388 // C structs and unions. 8389 // 8390 // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum 8391 // type, including via an elaborated type specifier. We'll 8392 // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same 8393 // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type. 8394 // 8395 // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete 8396 // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not. 8397 // 8398 // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag. 8399 // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the 8400 // lexical context, 8401 while (!SearchDC->isFileContext() && !SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 8402 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 8403 8404 // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag. 8405 while (S->isClassScope() || 8406 (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 8407 S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) || 8408 ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 8409 (S->getEntity() && 8410 ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext())) 8411 S = S->getParent(); 8412 } else { 8413 assert(TUK == TUK_Friend); 8414 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3: 8415 // If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a 8416 // class or function, the friend class or function is a member of 8417 // the innermost enclosing namespace. 8418 SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 8419 } 8420 8421 // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly 8422 // diagnose some problems. 8423 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8424 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration); 8425 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC); 8426 } 8427 } 8428 8429 if (!Previous.empty()) { 8430 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = (*Previous.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 8431 8432 // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef 8433 // which hides a tag decl in the same scope. Finding this 8434 // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen 8435 // in C++. 8436 // 8437 // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is 8438 // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is 8439 // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue; 8440 // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407 8441 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8442 if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 8443 if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) { 8444 TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 8445 if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name && 8446 Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() 8447 ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) { 8448 PrevDecl = Tag; 8449 Previous.clear(); 8450 Previous.addDecl(Tag); 8451 Previous.resolveKind(); 8452 } 8453 } 8454 } 8455 } 8456 8457 if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 8458 // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared 8459 // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or 8460 // rementions the tag), reuse the decl. 8461 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend || 8462 isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S, isExplicitSpecialization)) { 8463 // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a 8464 // struct or something similar. 8465 if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind, 8466 TUK == TUK_Definition, KWLoc, 8467 *Name)) { 8468 bool SafeToContinue 8469 = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum && 8470 Kind != TTK_Enum); 8471 if (SafeToContinue) 8472 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) 8473 << Name 8474 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc), 8475 PrevTagDecl->getKindName()); 8476 else 8477 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name; 8478 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 8479 8480 if (SafeToContinue) 8481 Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind(); 8482 else { 8483 // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition. 8484 Name = 0; 8485 Previous.clear(); 8486 Invalid = true; 8487 } 8488 } 8489 8490 if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) { 8491 const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl); 8492 8493 // If this is an elaborated-type-specifier for a scoped enumeration, 8494 // the 'class' keyword is not necessary and not permitted. 8495 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 8496 if (ScopedEnum) 8497 Diag(ScopedEnumKWLoc, diag::err_enum_class_reference) 8498 << PrevEnum->isScoped() 8499 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ScopedEnumKWLoc); 8500 return PrevTagDecl; 8501 } 8502 8503 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy; 8504 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 8505 EnumUnderlyingTy = TI->getType(); 8506 else if (const Type *T = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<const Type*>()) 8507 EnumUnderlyingTy = QualType(T, 0); 8508 8509 // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by 8510 // returning the previous declaration, unless this is a definition, 8511 // in which case we want the caller to bail out. 8512 if (CheckEnumRedeclaration(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc, 8513 ScopedEnum, EnumUnderlyingTy, PrevEnum)) 8514 return TUK == TUK_Declaration ? PrevTagDecl : 0; 8515 } 8516 8517 if (!Invalid) { 8518 // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found. 8519 8520 // FIXME: In the future, return a variant or some other clue 8521 // for the consumer of this Decl to know it doesn't own it. 8522 // For our current ASTs this shouldn't be a problem, but will 8523 // need to be changed with DeclGroups. 8524 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference && (!PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind() || 8525 getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)) || TUK == TUK_Friend) 8526 return PrevTagDecl; 8527 8528 // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag. 8529 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 8530 if (TagDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) { 8531 // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition 8532 // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error 8533 // here; we'll catch this in the general case below. 8534 bool IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = false; 8535 if (isExplicitSpecialization) { 8536 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def)) 8537 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 8538 RD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 8539 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 8540 else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Def)) 8541 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 8542 ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 8543 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 8544 } 8545 8546 if (!IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation) { 8547 // A redeclaration in function prototype scope in C isn't 8548 // visible elsewhere, so merely issue a warning. 8549 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && S->containedInPrototypeScope()) 8550 Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_redefinition_in_param_list) << Name; 8551 else 8552 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name; 8553 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 8554 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this 8555 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later 8556 // references get the previous definition. 8557 Name = 0; 8558 Previous.clear(); 8559 Invalid = true; 8560 } 8561 } else { 8562 // If the type is currently being defined, complain 8563 // about a nested redefinition. 8564 const TagType *Tag 8565 = cast<TagType>(Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl)); 8566 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 8567 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name; 8568 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), 8569 diag::note_previous_definition); 8570 Name = 0; 8571 Previous.clear(); 8572 Invalid = true; 8573 } 8574 } 8575 8576 // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced 8577 // tag PrevDecl. We're going to create a new Decl for it. 8578 } 8579 } 8580 // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we 8581 // have a definition. Just create a new decl. 8582 8583 } else { 8584 // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested 8585 // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a 8586 // new decl/type. We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities 8587 // have distinct types. 8588 Previous.clear(); 8589 } 8590 // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl 8591 // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by 8592 // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition. 8593 8594 8595 // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag 8596 // lookup. This is only actually possible in C++, where a few 8597 // things like templates still live in the tag namespace. 8598 } else { 8599 // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier 8600 // found the wrong kind of type on the first 8601 // (non-redeclaration) lookup. 8602 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) && 8603 !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) { 8604 unsigned Kind = 0; 8605 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 8606 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 8607 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 8608 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << Kind; 8609 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at); 8610 Invalid = true; 8611 8612 // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope. 8613 } else if (!isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 8614 isExplicitSpecialization)) { 8615 // do nothing 8616 8617 // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types. 8618 } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 8619 unsigned Kind = 0; 8620 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 8621 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 8622 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 8623 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << Kind; 8624 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 8625 Invalid = true; 8626 8627 // Otherwise it's a declaration. Call out a particularly common 8628 // case here. 8629 } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 8630 unsigned Kind = 0; 8631 if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 8632 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef) 8633 << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType(); 8634 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 8635 Invalid = true; 8636 8637 // Otherwise, diagnose. 8638 } else { 8639 // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope, 8640 // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous. 8641 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name; 8642 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 8643 Name = 0; 8644 Invalid = true; 8645 } 8646 8647 // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a 8648 // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration. 8649 Previous.clear(); 8650 } 8651 } 8652 8653 CreateNewDecl: 8654 8655 TagDecl *PrevDecl = 0; 8656 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) 8657 PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 8658 8659 // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the 8660 // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union 8661 // keyword. 8662 SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc; 8663 8664 // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous 8665 // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via 8666 // PrevDecl. 8667 TagDecl *New; 8668 8669 bool IsForwardReference = false; 8670 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 8671 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 8672 // enum X { A, B, C } D; D should chain to X. 8673 New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 8674 cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum, 8675 ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, !EnumUnderlying.isNull()); 8676 // If this is an undefined enum, warn. 8677 if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) { 8678 TagDecl *Def; 8679 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x && cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) { 8680 // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration. 8681 // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing. 8682 } 8683 else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) { 8684 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def) 8685 << New; 8686 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 8687 } else { 8688 unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum; 8689 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode) 8690 DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum; 8691 else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 8692 DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum; 8693 Diag(Loc, DiagID); 8694 8695 // If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a 8696 // note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into 8697 // the declaration context. 8698 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) 8699 IsForwardReference = true; 8700 } 8701 } 8702 8703 if (EnumUnderlying) { 8704 EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New); 8705 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 8706 ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI); 8707 else 8708 ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0)); 8709 ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType()); 8710 } 8711 8712 } else { 8713 // struct/union/class 8714 8715 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 8716 // struct X { int A; } D; D should chain to X. 8717 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8718 // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs. 8719 New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 8720 cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 8721 8722 if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit())) 8723 StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New); 8724 } else 8725 New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 8726 cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 8727 } 8728 8729 // Maybe add qualifier info. 8730 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) { 8731 if (SS.isSet()) { 8732 // If this is either a declaration or a definition, check the 8733 // nested-name-specifier against the current context. We don't do this 8734 // for explicit specializations, because they have similar checking 8735 // (with more specific diagnostics) in the call to 8736 // CheckMemberSpecialization, below. 8737 if (!isExplicitSpecialization && 8738 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration) && 8739 diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(SS, DC, OrigName, NameLoc)) 8740 Invalid = true; 8741 8742 New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 8743 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) { 8744 New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 8745 TemplateParameterLists.size(), 8746 (TemplateParameterList**) TemplateParameterLists.release()); 8747 } 8748 } 8749 else 8750 Invalid = true; 8751 } 8752 8753 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) { 8754 // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when 8755 // the ASTContext lays out the structure. 8756 // 8757 // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this 8758 // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is 8759 // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at 8760 // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because 8761 // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the 8762 // parsing of the struct). 8763 AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD); 8764 8765 AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD); 8766 } 8767 8768 if (ModulePrivateLoc.isValid()) { 8769 if (isExplicitSpecialization) 8770 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 8771 << 2 8772 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 8773 // __module_private__ does not apply to local classes. However, we only 8774 // diagnose this as an error when the declaration specifiers are 8775 // freestanding. Here, we just ignore the __module_private__. 8776 else if (!SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 8777 New->setModulePrivate(); 8778 } 8779 8780 // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template), 8781 // check the specialization. 8782 if (isExplicitSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous)) 8783 Invalid = true; 8784 8785 if (Invalid) 8786 New->setInvalidDecl(); 8787 8788 if (Attr) 8789 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 8790 8791 // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope 8792 // in C, note that this type can only be used within the function. 8793 if (Name && S->isFunctionPrototypeScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 8794 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 8795 8796 // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the 8797 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 8798 New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 8799 8800 // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable. 8801 // In Microsoft mode, a friend declaration also acts as a forward 8802 // declaration so we always pass true to setObjectOfFriendDecl to make 8803 // the tag name visible. 8804 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) 8805 New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(/* PreviouslyDeclared = */ !Previous.empty() || 8806 getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt); 8807 8808 // Set the access specifier. 8809 if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord()) 8810 SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS); 8811 8812 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) 8813 New->startDefinition(); 8814 8815 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 8816 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) { 8817 // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables; 8818 // if so, borrow its access specifier. 8819 if (PrevDecl) 8820 New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess()); 8821 8822 DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 8823 DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 8824 if (Name) // can be null along some error paths 8825 if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC)) 8826 PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false); 8827 } else if (Name) { 8828 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 8829 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, !IsForwardReference); 8830 if (IsForwardReference) 8831 SearchDC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 8832 8833 } else { 8834 CurContext->addDecl(New); 8835 } 8836 8837 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 8838 if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier()) 8839 if (!New->isInvalidDecl() && 8840 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 8841 II->isStr("FILE")) 8842 Context.setFILEDecl(New); 8843 8844 // If we were in function prototype scope (and not in C++ mode), add this 8845 // tag to the list of decls to inject into the function definition scope. 8846 if (S->isFunctionPrototypeScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 8847 InFunctionDeclarator && Name) 8848 DeclsInPrototypeScope.push_back(New); 8849 8850 if (PrevDecl) 8851 mergeDeclAttributes(New, PrevDecl); 8852 8853 OwnedDecl = true; 8854 return New; 8855 } 8856 8857 void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 8858 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 8859 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 8860 8861 // Enter the tag context. 8862 PushDeclContext(S, Tag); 8863 } 8864 8865 Decl *Sema::ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl) { 8866 assert(isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(IDecl) && 8867 "ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition - Not ObjCContainerDecl"); 8868 DeclContext *OCD = cast<DeclContext>(IDecl); 8869 assert(getContainingDC(OCD) == CurContext && 8870 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 8871 CurContext = OCD; 8872 return IDecl; 8873 } 8874 8875 void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 8876 SourceLocation FinalLoc, 8877 SourceLocation LBraceLoc) { 8878 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 8879 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD); 8880 8881 FieldCollector->StartClass(); 8882 8883 if (!Record->getIdentifier()) 8884 return; 8885 8886 if (FinalLoc.isValid()) 8887 Record->addAttr(new (Context) FinalAttr(FinalLoc, Context)); 8888 8889 // C++ [class]p2: 8890 // [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the 8891 // class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For 8892 // purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated 8893 // as if it were a public member name. 8894 CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName 8895 = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext, 8896 Record->getLocStart(), Record->getLocation(), 8897 Record->getIdentifier(), 8898 /*PrevDecl=*/0, 8899 /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true); 8900 Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record); 8901 InjectedClassName->setImplicit(); 8902 InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public); 8903 if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 8904 InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template); 8905 PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S); 8906 assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() && 8907 "Broken injected-class-name"); 8908 } 8909 8910 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 8911 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) { 8912 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 8913 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 8914 Tag->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc); 8915 8916 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 8917 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 8918 assert(Tag->isInvalidDecl() && "We should already have completed it"); 8919 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 8920 RD->completeDefinition(); 8921 } 8922 8923 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) 8924 FieldCollector->FinishClass(); 8925 8926 // Exit this scope of this tag's definition. 8927 PopDeclContext(); 8928 8929 // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag. 8930 Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag); 8931 } 8932 8933 void Sema::ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition() { 8934 // Exit this scope of this interface definition. 8935 PopDeclContext(); 8936 } 8937 8938 void Sema::ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 8939 assert(DC == CurContext && "Mismatch of container contexts"); 8940 OriginalLexicalContext = DC; 8941 ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition(); 8942 } 8943 8944 void Sema::ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 8945 ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(cast<Decl>(DC)); 8946 OriginalLexicalContext = 0; 8947 } 8948 8949 void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 8950 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 8951 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 8952 Tag->setInvalidDecl(); 8953 8954 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 8955 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 8956 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 8957 RD->completeDefinition(); 8958 } 8959 8960 // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not 8961 // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with 8962 // the FieldCollector. 8963 8964 PopDeclContext(); 8965 } 8966 8967 // Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields. 8968 ExprResult Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, 8969 IdentifierInfo *FieldName, 8970 QualType FieldTy, Expr *BitWidth, 8971 bool *ZeroWidth) { 8972 // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness 8973 if (ZeroWidth) 8974 *ZeroWidth = true; 8975 8976 // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type. 8977 // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type. 8978 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 8979 // Handle incomplete types with specific error. 8980 if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) 8981 return ExprError(); 8982 if (FieldName) 8983 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield) 8984 << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 8985 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield) 8986 << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 8987 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth), 8988 UPPC_BitFieldWidth)) 8989 return ExprError(); 8990 8991 // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check 8992 // it now. 8993 if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent()) 8994 return Owned(BitWidth); 8995 8996 llvm::APSInt Value; 8997 ExprResult ICE = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value); 8998 if (ICE.isInvalid()) 8999 return ICE; 9000 BitWidth = ICE.take(); 9001 9002 if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth) 9003 *ZeroWidth = false; 9004 9005 // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field. 9006 if (Value == 0 && FieldName) 9007 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName; 9008 9009 if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) { 9010 if (FieldName) 9011 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width) 9012 << FieldName << Value.toString(10); 9013 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width) 9014 << Value.toString(10); 9015 } 9016 9017 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) { 9018 uint64_t TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy); 9019 if (Value.getZExtValue() > TypeSize) { 9020 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9021 if (FieldName) 9022 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 9023 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 9024 << (unsigned)TypeSize; 9025 9026 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 9027 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize; 9028 } 9029 9030 if (FieldName) 9031 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 9032 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 9033 << (unsigned)TypeSize; 9034 else 9035 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 9036 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize; 9037 } 9038 } 9039 9040 return Owned(BitWidth); 9041 } 9042 9043 /// ActOnField - Each field of a C struct/union is passed into this in order 9044 /// to create a FieldDecl object for it. 9045 Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 9046 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth) { 9047 FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD), 9048 DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth), 9049 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit, AS_public); 9050 return Res; 9051 } 9052 9053 /// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member. 9054 /// 9055 FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record, 9056 SourceLocation DeclStart, 9057 Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth, 9058 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 9059 AccessSpecifier AS) { 9060 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 9061 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 9062 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 9063 9064 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 9065 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 9066 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9067 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 9068 9069 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 9070 UPPC_DataMemberType)) { 9071 D.setInvalidType(); 9072 T = Context.IntTy; 9073 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc); 9074 } 9075 } 9076 9077 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 9078 9079 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 9080 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 9081 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 9082 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 9083 << 2; 9084 9085 // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously 9086 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = 0; 9087 LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, ForRedeclaration); 9088 LookupName(Previous, S); 9089 switch (Previous.getResultKind()) { 9090 case LookupResult::Found: 9091 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 9092 PrevDecl = Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>(); 9093 break; 9094 9095 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 9096 PrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 9097 break; 9098 9099 case LookupResult::NotFound: 9100 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 9101 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 9102 break; 9103 } 9104 Previous.suppressDiagnostics(); 9105 9106 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 9107 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 9108 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 9109 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 9110 PrevDecl = 0; 9111 } 9112 9113 if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S)) 9114 PrevDecl = 0; 9115 9116 bool Mutable 9117 = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable); 9118 SourceLocation TSSL = D.getLocStart(); 9119 FieldDecl *NewFD 9120 = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, InitStyle, 9121 TSSL, AS, PrevDecl, &D); 9122 9123 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 9124 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 9125 9126 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 9127 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 9128 9129 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) { 9130 // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something 9131 // with the same name in the same scope. 9132 } else if (II) { 9133 PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S); 9134 } else 9135 Record->addDecl(NewFD); 9136 9137 return NewFD; 9138 } 9139 9140 /// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness. 9141 /// 9142 /// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type, 9143 /// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration 9144 /// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be 9145 /// created. 9146 /// 9147 /// \returns a new FieldDecl. 9148 /// 9149 /// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once 9150 FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, 9151 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 9152 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, 9153 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth, 9154 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 9155 SourceLocation TSSL, 9156 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 9157 Declarator *D) { 9158 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 9159 bool InvalidDecl = false; 9160 if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType(); 9161 9162 // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and 9163 // marking this declaration as invalid. 9164 if (T.isNull()) { 9165 InvalidDecl = true; 9166 T = Context.IntTy; 9167 } 9168 9169 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T); 9170 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 9171 if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 9172 // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid. 9173 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 9174 InvalidDecl = true; 9175 } else { 9176 NamedDecl *Def; 9177 EltTy->isIncompleteType(&Def); 9178 if (Def && Def->isInvalidDecl()) { 9179 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 9180 InvalidDecl = true; 9181 } 9182 } 9183 } 9184 9185 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 9186 // than a variably modified type. 9187 if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 9188 bool SizeIsNegative; 9189 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 9190 QualType FixedTy = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context, 9191 SizeIsNegative, 9192 Oversized); 9193 if (!FixedTy.isNull()) { 9194 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 9195 T = FixedTy; 9196 } else { 9197 if (SizeIsNegative) 9198 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 9199 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 9200 Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large) 9201 << Oversized.toString(10); 9202 else 9203 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size); 9204 InvalidDecl = true; 9205 } 9206 } 9207 9208 // Fields can not have abstract class types 9209 if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, 9210 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 9211 AbstractFieldType)) 9212 InvalidDecl = true; 9213 9214 bool ZeroWidth = false; 9215 // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field. 9216 if (!InvalidDecl && BitWidth) { 9217 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, BitWidth, &ZeroWidth).take(); 9218 if (!BitWidth) { 9219 InvalidDecl = true; 9220 BitWidth = 0; 9221 ZeroWidth = false; 9222 } 9223 } 9224 9225 // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration. 9226 if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) { 9227 unsigned DiagID = 0; 9228 if (T->isReferenceType()) 9229 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_reference; 9230 else if (T.isConstQualified()) 9231 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const; 9232 9233 if (DiagID) { 9234 SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc; 9235 if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid()) 9236 ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(); 9237 Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID); 9238 Mutable = false; 9239 InvalidDecl = true; 9240 } 9241 } 9242 9243 FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo, 9244 BitWidth, Mutable, InitStyle); 9245 if (InvalidDecl) 9246 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9247 9248 if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 9249 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 9250 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 9251 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9252 } 9253 9254 if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9255 if (Record->isUnion()) { 9256 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 9257 CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 9258 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 9259 // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial 9260 // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial 9261 // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator 9262 // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such 9263 // objects. 9264 if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD)) 9265 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9266 } 9267 } 9268 9269 // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type, 9270 // the program is ill-formed. 9271 if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) { 9272 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type) 9273 << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy; 9274 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9275 } 9276 } 9277 } 9278 9279 // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST 9280 // representation, not a parser representation. 9281 if (D) 9282 // FIXME: What to pass instead of TUScope? 9283 ProcessDeclAttributes(TUScope, NewFD, *D); 9284 9285 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for fields of 9286 // retainable type. 9287 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewFD)) 9288 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9289 9290 if (T.isObjCGCWeak()) 9291 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field); 9292 9293 NewFD->setAccess(AS); 9294 return NewFD; 9295 } 9296 9297 bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) { 9298 assert(FD); 9299 assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++"); 9300 9301 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 9302 return true; 9303 9304 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 9305 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 9306 CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 9307 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 9308 // We check for copy constructors before constructors 9309 // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about 9310 // copy constructors. 9311 9312 CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid; 9313 if (!RDecl->hasTrivialCopyConstructor()) 9314 member = CXXCopyConstructor; 9315 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor()) 9316 member = CXXDefaultConstructor; 9317 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialCopyAssignment()) 9318 member = CXXCopyAssignment; 9319 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDestructor()) 9320 member = CXXDestructor; 9321 9322 if (member != CXXInvalid) { 9323 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x && 9324 getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && RDecl->hasObjectMember()) { 9325 // Objective-C++ ARC: it is an error to have a non-trivial field of 9326 // a union. However, system headers in Objective-C programs 9327 // occasionally have Objective-C lifetime objects within unions, 9328 // and rather than cause the program to fail, we make those 9329 // members unavailable. 9330 SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation(); 9331 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Loc)) { 9332 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) 9333 FD->addAttr(new (Context) UnavailableAttr(Loc, Context, 9334 "this system field has retaining ownership")); 9335 return false; 9336 } 9337 } 9338 9339 Diag(FD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x ? 9340 diag::warn_cxx98_compat_nontrivial_union_or_anon_struct_member : 9341 diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member) 9342 << (int)FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member; 9343 DiagnoseNontrivial(RT, member); 9344 return !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x; 9345 } 9346 } 9347 } 9348 9349 return false; 9350 } 9351 9352 /// If the given constructor is user-provided, produce a diagnostic explaining 9353 /// that it makes the class non-trivial. 9354 static bool DiagnoseNontrivialUserProvidedCtor(Sema &S, QualType QT, 9355 CXXConstructorDecl *CD, 9356 Sema::CXXSpecialMember CSM) { 9357 if (!CD->isUserProvided()) 9358 return false; 9359 9360 SourceLocation CtorLoc = CD->getLocation(); 9361 S.Diag(CtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << CSM; 9362 return true; 9363 } 9364 9365 /// DiagnoseNontrivial - Given that a class has a non-trivial 9366 /// special member, figure out why. 9367 void Sema::DiagnoseNontrivial(const RecordType* T, CXXSpecialMember member) { 9368 QualType QT(T, 0U); 9369 CXXRecordDecl* RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(T->getDecl()); 9370 9371 // Check whether the member was user-declared. 9372 switch (member) { 9373 case CXXInvalid: 9374 break; 9375 9376 case CXXDefaultConstructor: 9377 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredConstructor()) { 9378 typedef CXXRecordDecl::ctor_iterator ctor_iter; 9379 for (ctor_iter CI = RD->ctor_begin(), CE = RD->ctor_end(); CI != CE; ++CI) 9380 if (DiagnoseNontrivialUserProvidedCtor(*this, QT, *CI, member)) 9381 return; 9382 9383 // No user-provided constructors; look for constructor templates. 9384 typedef CXXRecordDecl::specific_decl_iterator<FunctionTemplateDecl> 9385 tmpl_iter; 9386 for (tmpl_iter TI(RD->decls_begin()), TE(RD->decls_end()); 9387 TI != TE; ++TI) { 9388 CXXConstructorDecl *CD = 9389 dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(TI->getTemplatedDecl()); 9390 if (CD && DiagnoseNontrivialUserProvidedCtor(*this, QT, CD, member)) 9391 return; 9392 } 9393 } 9394 break; 9395 9396 case CXXCopyConstructor: 9397 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredCopyConstructor()) { 9398 SourceLocation CtorLoc = 9399 RD->getCopyConstructor(0)->getLocation(); 9400 Diag(CtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 9401 return; 9402 } 9403 break; 9404 9405 case CXXMoveConstructor: 9406 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredMoveConstructor()) { 9407 SourceLocation CtorLoc = RD->getMoveConstructor()->getLocation(); 9408 Diag(CtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 9409 return; 9410 } 9411 break; 9412 9413 case CXXCopyAssignment: 9414 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredCopyAssignment()) { 9415 // FIXME: this should use the location of the copy 9416 // assignment, not the type. 9417 SourceLocation TyLoc = RD->getLocStart(); 9418 Diag(TyLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 9419 return; 9420 } 9421 break; 9422 9423 case CXXMoveAssignment: 9424 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredMoveAssignment()) { 9425 SourceLocation AssignLoc = RD->getMoveAssignmentOperator()->getLocation(); 9426 Diag(AssignLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 9427 return; 9428 } 9429 break; 9430 9431 case CXXDestructor: 9432 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) { 9433 SourceLocation DtorLoc = LookupDestructor(RD)->getLocation(); 9434 Diag(DtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 9435 return; 9436 } 9437 break; 9438 } 9439 9440 typedef CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator base_iter; 9441 9442 // Virtual bases and members inhibit trivial copying/construction, 9443 // but not trivial destruction. 9444 if (member != CXXDestructor) { 9445 // Check for virtual bases. vbases includes indirect virtual bases, 9446 // so we just iterate through the direct bases. 9447 for (base_iter bi = RD->bases_begin(), be = RD->bases_end(); bi != be; ++bi) 9448 if (bi->isVirtual()) { 9449 SourceLocation BaseLoc = bi->getLocStart(); 9450 Diag(BaseLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_virtual) << QT << 1; 9451 return; 9452 } 9453 9454 // Check for virtual methods. 9455 typedef CXXRecordDecl::method_iterator meth_iter; 9456 for (meth_iter mi = RD->method_begin(), me = RD->method_end(); mi != me; 9457 ++mi) { 9458 if (mi->isVirtual()) { 9459 SourceLocation MLoc = mi->getLocStart(); 9460 Diag(MLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_virtual) << QT << 0; 9461 return; 9462 } 9463 } 9464 } 9465 9466 bool (CXXRecordDecl::*hasTrivial)() const; 9467 switch (member) { 9468 case CXXDefaultConstructor: 9469 hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialDefaultConstructor; break; 9470 case CXXCopyConstructor: 9471 hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialCopyConstructor; break; 9472 case CXXCopyAssignment: 9473 hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialCopyAssignment; break; 9474 case CXXDestructor: 9475 hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialDestructor; break; 9476 default: 9477 llvm_unreachable("unexpected special member"); 9478 } 9479 9480 // Check for nontrivial bases (and recurse). 9481 for (base_iter bi = RD->bases_begin(), be = RD->bases_end(); bi != be; ++bi) { 9482 const RecordType *BaseRT = bi->getType()->getAs<RecordType>(); 9483 assert(BaseRT && "Don't know how to handle dependent bases"); 9484 CXXRecordDecl *BaseRecTy = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseRT->getDecl()); 9485 if (!(BaseRecTy->*hasTrivial)()) { 9486 SourceLocation BaseLoc = bi->getLocStart(); 9487 Diag(BaseLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_nontrivial) << QT << 1 << member; 9488 DiagnoseNontrivial(BaseRT, member); 9489 return; 9490 } 9491 } 9492 9493 // Check for nontrivial members (and recurse). 9494 typedef RecordDecl::field_iterator field_iter; 9495 for (field_iter fi = RD->field_begin(), fe = RD->field_end(); fi != fe; 9496 ++fi) { 9497 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(fi->getType()); 9498 if (const RecordType *EltRT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 9499 CXXRecordDecl* EltRD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(EltRT->getDecl()); 9500 9501 if (!(EltRD->*hasTrivial)()) { 9502 SourceLocation FLoc = fi->getLocation(); 9503 Diag(FLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_nontrivial) << QT << 0 << member; 9504 DiagnoseNontrivial(EltRT, member); 9505 return; 9506 } 9507 } 9508 9509 if (EltTy->isObjCLifetimeType()) { 9510 switch (EltTy.getObjCLifetime()) { 9511 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: 9512 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 9513 break; 9514 9515 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 9516 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 9517 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 9518 Diag(fi->getLocation(), diag::note_nontrivial_objc_ownership) 9519 << QT << EltTy.getObjCLifetime(); 9520 return; 9521 } 9522 } 9523 } 9524 9525 llvm_unreachable("found no explanation for non-trivial member"); 9526 } 9527 9528 /// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an 9529 /// AST enum value. 9530 static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl 9531 TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) { 9532 switch (ivarVisibility) { 9533 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown visitibility kind"); 9534 case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private; 9535 case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public; 9536 case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected; 9537 case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package; 9538 } 9539 } 9540 9541 /// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this 9542 /// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it. 9543 Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S, 9544 SourceLocation DeclStart, 9545 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 9546 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) { 9547 9548 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 9549 Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth; 9550 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 9551 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 9552 9553 // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for 9554 // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace! 9555 9556 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 9557 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 9558 9559 if (BitWidth) { 9560 // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4 9561 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, BitWidth).take(); 9562 if (!BitWidth) 9563 D.setInvalidType(); 9564 } else { 9565 // Not a bitfield. 9566 9567 // validate II. 9568 9569 } 9570 if (T->isReferenceType()) { 9571 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type); 9572 D.setInvalidType(); 9573 } 9574 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 9575 // than a variably modified type. 9576 else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 9577 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size); 9578 D.setInvalidType(); 9579 } 9580 9581 // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar. 9582 ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac = 9583 Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility) 9584 : ObjCIvarDecl::None; 9585 // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface. 9586 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext); 9587 if (!EnclosingDecl || EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 9588 return 0; 9589 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext; 9590 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 9591 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 9592 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile()) { 9593 // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class. 9594 EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface(); 9595 assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!"); 9596 } 9597 else 9598 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 9599 } else { 9600 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 9601 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 9602 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) { 9603 Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension(); 9604 return 0; 9605 } 9606 } 9607 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 9608 } 9609 9610 // Construct the decl. 9611 ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext, 9612 DeclStart, Loc, II, T, 9613 TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth); 9614 9615 if (II) { 9616 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, 9617 ForRedeclaration); 9618 if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S) 9619 && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 9620 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 9621 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 9622 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 9623 } 9624 } 9625 9626 // Process attributes attached to the ivar. 9627 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D); 9628 9629 if (D.isInvalidType()) 9630 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 9631 9632 // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for ivars of retainable type. 9633 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewID)) 9634 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 9635 9636 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 9637 NewID->setModulePrivate(); 9638 9639 if (II) { 9640 // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add 9641 // these to the interface. 9642 S->AddDecl(NewID); 9643 IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID); 9644 } 9645 9646 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isNonFragile() && 9647 !NewID->isInvalidDecl() && isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) 9648 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivars_in_interface); 9649 9650 return NewID; 9651 } 9652 9653 /// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for 9654 /// class and class extensions. For every class @interface and class 9655 /// extension @interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type, 9656 /// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface. 9657 void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc, 9658 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) { 9659 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || AllIvarDecls.empty()) 9660 return; 9661 9662 Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1]; 9663 ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl); 9664 9665 if (!Ivar->isBitField() || Ivar->getBitWidthValue(Context) == 0) 9666 return; 9667 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext); 9668 if (!ID) { 9669 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) { 9670 if (!CD->IsClassExtension()) 9671 return; 9672 } 9673 // No need to add this to end of @implementation. 9674 else 9675 return; 9676 } 9677 // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars. 9678 llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), 0); 9679 Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, DeclLoc); 9680 9681 Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext), 9682 DeclLoc, DeclLoc, 0, 9683 Context.CharTy, 9684 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy, 9685 DeclLoc), 9686 ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW, 9687 true); 9688 AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar); 9689 } 9690 9691 void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope* S, 9692 SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl, 9693 llvm::ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, 9694 SourceLocation LBrac, SourceLocation RBrac, 9695 AttributeList *Attr) { 9696 assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl"); 9697 9698 // If the decl this is being inserted into is invalid, then it may be a 9699 // redeclaration or some other bogus case. Don't try to add fields to it. 9700 if (EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 9701 return; 9702 9703 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 9704 9705 // Start counting up the number of named members; make sure to include 9706 // members of anonymous structs and unions in the total. 9707 unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0; 9708 if (Record) { 9709 for (RecordDecl::decl_iterator i = Record->decls_begin(), 9710 e = Record->decls_end(); i != e; i++) { 9711 if (IndirectFieldDecl *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(*i)) 9712 if (IFD->getDeclName()) 9713 ++NumNamedMembers; 9714 } 9715 } 9716 9717 // Verify that all the fields are okay. 9718 SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields; 9719 9720 bool ARCErrReported = false; 9721 for (llvm::ArrayRef<Decl *>::iterator i = Fields.begin(), end = Fields.end(); 9722 i != end; ++i) { 9723 FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(*i); 9724 9725 // Get the type for the field. 9726 const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr(); 9727 9728 if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) { 9729 // Remember all fields written by the user. 9730 RecFields.push_back(FD); 9731 } 9732 9733 // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more 9734 // diagnostics about it. 9735 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 9736 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9737 continue; 9738 } 9739 9740 // C99 6.7.2.1p2: 9741 // A structure or union shall not contain a member with 9742 // incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not 9743 // contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to 9744 // an instance of itself), except that the last member of a 9745 // structure with more than one named member may have incomplete 9746 // array type; such a structure (and any union containing, 9747 // possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure) 9748 // shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an 9749 // array. 9750 if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) { 9751 // Field declared as a function. 9752 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function) 9753 << FD->getDeclName(); 9754 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 9755 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9756 continue; 9757 } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record && 9758 ((i + 1 == Fields.end() && !Record->isUnion()) || 9759 ((getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt || 9760 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) && 9761 (i + 1 == Fields.end() || Record->isUnion())))) { 9762 // Flexible array member. 9763 // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array. 9764 // It will accept flexible array in union and also 9765 // as the sole element of a struct/class. 9766 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 9767 if (Record->isUnion()) 9768 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms) 9769 << FD->getDeclName(); 9770 else if (Fields.size() == 1) 9771 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms) 9772 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 9773 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9774 if (Record->isUnion()) 9775 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu) 9776 << FD->getDeclName(); 9777 else if (Fields.size() == 1) 9778 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu) 9779 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 9780 } else if (!getLangOpts().C99) { 9781 if (Record->isUnion()) 9782 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu) 9783 << FD->getDeclName(); 9784 else 9785 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_c99_flexible_array_member) 9786 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 9787 } else if (NumNamedMembers < 1) { 9788 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_empty_struct) 9789 << FD->getDeclName(); 9790 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 9791 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9792 continue; 9793 } 9794 if (!FD->getType()->isDependentType() && 9795 !Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()).isPODType(Context)) { 9796 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nonpod_type) 9797 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 9798 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 9799 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9800 continue; 9801 } 9802 // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct. 9803 if (Record) 9804 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 9805 } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() && 9806 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 9807 diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 9808 // Incomplete type 9809 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 9810 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9811 continue; 9812 } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 9813 if (FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { 9814 // If this is a member of a union, then entire union becomes "flexible". 9815 if (Record && Record->isUnion()) { 9816 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 9817 } else { 9818 // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject 9819 // it. Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of 9820 // structures. 9821 if (i + 1 != Fields.end()) 9822 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct) 9823 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 9824 else { 9825 // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in 9826 // other structs as an extension. 9827 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct) 9828 << FD->getDeclName(); 9829 if (Record) 9830 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 9831 } 9832 } 9833 } 9834 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 9835 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 9836 } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) { 9837 /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object 9838 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 9839 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FD->getLocation(), "*"); 9840 QualType T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(FD->getType()); 9841 FD->setType(T); 9842 } 9843 else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9844 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && Record && !ARCErrReported) { 9845 // It's an error in ARC if a field has lifetime. 9846 // We don't want to report this in a system header, though, 9847 // so we just make the field unavailable. 9848 // FIXME: that's really not sufficient; we need to make the type 9849 // itself invalid to, say, initialize or copy. 9850 QualType T = FD->getType(); 9851 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = T.getObjCLifetime(); 9852 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone) { 9853 SourceLocation loc = FD->getLocation(); 9854 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(loc)) { 9855 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) { 9856 FD->addAttr(new (Context) UnavailableAttr(loc, Context, 9857 "this system field has retaining ownership")); 9858 } 9859 } else { 9860 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_objc_object_in_struct) 9861 << T->isBlockPointerType(); 9862 } 9863 ARCErrReported = true; 9864 } 9865 } 9866 else if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 && 9867 getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC && 9868 Record && !Record->hasObjectMember()) { 9869 if (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 9870 FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong()) 9871 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 9872 else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) { 9873 QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 9874 if (BaseType->isRecordType() && 9875 BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 9876 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 9877 else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 9878 BaseType.isObjCGCStrong()) 9879 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 9880 } 9881 } 9882 } 9883 // Keep track of the number of named members. 9884 if (FD->getIdentifier()) 9885 ++NumNamedMembers; 9886 } 9887 9888 // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'. 9889 if (Record) { 9890 bool Completed = false; 9891 if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) { 9892 if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) { 9893 // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions. 9894 UnresolvedSetImpl *Convs = CXXRecord->getConversionFunctions(); 9895 for (UnresolvedSetIterator I = Convs->begin(), E = Convs->end(); 9896 I != E; ++I) 9897 Convs->setAccess(I, (*I)->getAccess()); 9898 9899 if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) { 9900 // Objective-C Automatic Reference Counting: 9901 // If a class has a non-static data member of Objective-C pointer 9902 // type (or array thereof), it is a non-POD type and its 9903 // default constructor (if any), copy constructor, copy assignment 9904 // operator, and destructor are non-trivial. 9905 // 9906 // This rule is also handled by CXXRecordDecl::completeDefinition(). 9907 // However, here we check whether this particular class is only 9908 // non-POD because of the presence of an Objective-C pointer member. 9909 // If so, objects of this type cannot be shared between code compiled 9910 // with instant objects and code compiled with manual retain/release. 9911 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 9912 CXXRecord->hasObjectMember() && 9913 CXXRecord->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage) { 9914 if (CXXRecord->isPOD()) { 9915 Diag(CXXRecord->getLocation(), 9916 diag::warn_arc_non_pod_class_with_object_member) 9917 << CXXRecord; 9918 } else { 9919 // FIXME: Fix-Its would be nice here, but finding a good location 9920 // for them is going to be tricky. 9921 if (CXXRecord->hasTrivialCopyConstructor()) 9922 Diag(CXXRecord->getLocation(), 9923 diag::warn_arc_trivial_member_function_with_object_member) 9924 << CXXRecord << 0; 9925 if (CXXRecord->hasTrivialCopyAssignment()) 9926 Diag(CXXRecord->getLocation(), 9927 diag::warn_arc_trivial_member_function_with_object_member) 9928 << CXXRecord << 1; 9929 if (CXXRecord->hasTrivialDestructor()) 9930 Diag(CXXRecord->getLocation(), 9931 diag::warn_arc_trivial_member_function_with_object_member) 9932 << CXXRecord << 2; 9933 } 9934 } 9935 9936 // Adjust user-defined destructor exception spec. 9937 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x && 9938 CXXRecord->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) 9939 AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecord,CXXRecord->getDestructor()); 9940 9941 // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class. 9942 AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord); 9943 9944 // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple 9945 // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this 9946 // problem now. 9947 if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) { 9948 CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders; 9949 CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders); 9950 9951 for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(), 9952 MEnd = FinalOverriders.end(); 9953 M != MEnd; ++M) { 9954 for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(), 9955 SOEnd = M->second.end(); 9956 SO != SOEnd; ++SO) { 9957 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 && 9958 "Virtual function without overridding functions?"); 9959 if (SO->second.size() == 1) 9960 continue; 9961 9962 // C++ [class.virtual]p2: 9963 // In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base 9964 // class subobject has more than one final overrider the 9965 // program is ill-formed. 9966 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders) 9967 << (NamedDecl *)M->first << Record; 9968 Diag(M->first->getLocation(), 9969 diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 9970 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator 9971 OM = SO->second.begin(), 9972 OMEnd = SO->second.end(); 9973 OM != OMEnd; ++OM) 9974 Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider) 9975 << (NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent(); 9976 9977 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 9978 } 9979 } 9980 CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders); 9981 Completed = true; 9982 } 9983 } 9984 } 9985 } 9986 9987 if (!Completed) 9988 Record->completeDefinition(); 9989 9990 } else { 9991 ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields = 9992 reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data()); 9993 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 9994 ID->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(RBrac); 9995 // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext. 9996 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 9997 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID); 9998 ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 9999 } 10000 // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be 10001 // duplicates. 10002 if (ID->getSuperClass()) 10003 DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass()); 10004 } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 10005 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 10006 assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl"); 10007 for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I) 10008 // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation. 10009 // Only it is in implementation's lexical context. 10010 ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl); 10011 CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac); 10012 IMPDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 10013 IMPDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 10014 } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 10015 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 10016 // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been 10017 // reported as errors elsewhere. 10018 // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field. 10019 // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac); 10020 // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext. 10021 // Diagnose redeclaration of private ivars. 10022 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = CDecl->getClassInterface(); 10023 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 10024 if (IDecl) { 10025 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsIvar = 10026 IDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 10027 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 10028 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 10029 Diag(ClsIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 10030 continue; 10031 } 10032 for (const ObjCCategoryDecl *ClsExtDecl = 10033 IDecl->getFirstClassExtension(); 10034 ClsExtDecl; ClsExtDecl = ClsExtDecl->getNextClassExtension()) { 10035 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsExtIvar = 10036 ClsExtDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 10037 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 10038 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 10039 Diag(ClsExtIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 10040 continue; 10041 } 10042 } 10043 } 10044 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl); 10045 CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 10046 } 10047 CDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 10048 CDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 10049 } 10050 } 10051 10052 if (Attr) 10053 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr); 10054 10055 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a subclass, 10056 // set the visibility of this record. 10057 if (Record && !Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) 10058 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Record); 10059 } 10060 10061 /// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within 10062 /// the given type T. 10063 static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context, 10064 llvm::APSInt &Value, 10065 QualType T) { 10066 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 10067 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T); 10068 10069 if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) { 10070 if (T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()) 10071 --BitWidth; 10072 return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth; 10073 } 10074 return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth; 10075 } 10076 10077 // \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type 10078 // (or a NULL type of no such type exists). 10079 static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) { 10080 // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into 10081 // enum checking below. 10082 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 10083 const unsigned NumTypes = 4; 10084 QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 10085 Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy 10086 }; 10087 QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 10088 Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy, 10089 Context.UnsignedLongLongTy 10090 }; 10091 10092 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T); 10093 QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()? SignedIntegralTypes 10094 : UnsignedIntegralTypes; 10095 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I) 10096 if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth) 10097 return Types[I]; 10098 10099 return QualType(); 10100 } 10101 10102 EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, 10103 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, 10104 SourceLocation IdLoc, 10105 IdentifierInfo *Id, 10106 Expr *Val) { 10107 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 10108 llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth); 10109 QualType EltTy; 10110 10111 if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue)) 10112 Val = 0; 10113 10114 if (Val) 10115 Val = DefaultLvalueConversion(Val).take(); 10116 10117 if (Val) { 10118 if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent()) 10119 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 10120 else { 10121 SourceLocation ExpLoc; 10122 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x && Enum->isFixed() && 10123 !getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode) { 10124 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: If the underlying type is fixed, [...] the 10125 // constant-expression in the enumerator-definition shall be a converted 10126 // constant expression of the underlying type. 10127 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 10128 ExprResult Converted = 10129 CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Val, EltTy, EnumVal, 10130 CCEK_Enumerator); 10131 if (Converted.isInvalid()) 10132 Val = 0; 10133 else 10134 Val = Converted.take(); 10135 } else if (!Val->isValueDependent() && 10136 !(Val = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val, 10137 &EnumVal).take())) { 10138 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression. 10139 } else { 10140 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 10141 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 10142 10143 // In Obj-C and Microsoft mode, require the enumeration value to be 10144 // representable in the underlying type of the enumeration. In C++11, 10145 // we perform a non-narrowing conversion as part of converted constant 10146 // expression checking. 10147 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 10148 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode) { 10149 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 10150 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).take(); 10151 } else 10152 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 10153 } else 10154 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).take(); 10155 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 10156 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: 10157 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 10158 // is the type of its initializing value: 10159 // - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the 10160 // initializing value has the same type as the expression. 10161 EltTy = Val->getType(); 10162 } else { 10163 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: 10164 // The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant 10165 // shall be an integer constant expression that has a value 10166 // representable as an int. 10167 10168 // Complain if the value is not representable in an int. 10169 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy)) 10170 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 10171 << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange() 10172 << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative()); 10173 else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) { 10174 // Force the type of the expression to 'int'. 10175 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).take(); 10176 } 10177 EltTy = Val->getType(); 10178 } 10179 } 10180 } 10181 } 10182 10183 if (!Val) { 10184 if (Enum->isDependentType()) 10185 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 10186 else if (!LastEnumConst) { 10187 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 10188 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 10189 // is the type of its initializing value: 10190 // - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the 10191 // initializing value has an unspecified integral type. 10192 // 10193 // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does 10194 // C99 6.7.2.2p3. 10195 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 10196 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 10197 } 10198 else { 10199 EltTy = Context.IntTy; 10200 } 10201 } else { 10202 // Assign the last value + 1. 10203 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 10204 ++EnumVal; 10205 EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType(); 10206 10207 // Check for overflow on increment. 10208 if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) { 10209 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 10210 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 10211 // is the type of its initializing value: 10212 // 10213 // - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as 10214 // the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator 10215 // unless the incremented value is not representable in that type, 10216 // in which case the type is an unspecified integral type 10217 // sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type 10218 // exists, the program is ill-formed. 10219 QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy); 10220 if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) { 10221 // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this 10222 // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around. 10223 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 10224 EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2); 10225 ++EnumVal; 10226 if (Enum->isFixed()) 10227 // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed. 10228 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped) 10229 << EnumVal.toString(10) 10230 << EltTy; 10231 else 10232 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enumerator_too_large) 10233 << EnumVal.toString(10); 10234 } else { 10235 EltTy = T; 10236 } 10237 10238 // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the 10239 // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented 10240 // value, then increment. 10241 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 10242 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 10243 EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 10244 ++EnumVal; 10245 10246 // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values, 10247 // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in 10248 // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that 10249 // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger 10250 // integral type. 10251 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull()) 10252 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow); 10253 } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 10254 !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 10255 // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value. 10256 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 10257 << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1; 10258 } 10259 } 10260 } 10261 10262 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 10263 // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the 10264 // enumerator's type. 10265 EnumVal = EnumVal.extOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 10266 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 10267 } 10268 10269 return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy, 10270 Val, EnumVal); 10271 } 10272 10273 10274 Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst, 10275 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 10276 AttributeList *Attr, 10277 SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val) { 10278 EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl); 10279 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst = 10280 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst); 10281 10282 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 10283 // we find one that is. 10284 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 10285 10286 // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this 10287 // scope. 10288 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 10289 ForRedeclaration); 10290 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 10291 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 10292 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl); 10293 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 10294 PrevDecl = 0; 10295 } 10296 10297 if (PrevDecl) { 10298 // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the 10299 // enum constant will 'hide' the tag. 10300 assert((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) && 10301 "Received TagDecl when not in C++!"); 10302 if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S)) { 10303 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl)) 10304 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id; 10305 else 10306 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id; 10307 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 10308 return 0; 10309 } 10310 } 10311 10312 // C++ [class.mem]p13: 10313 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 10314 // name different from T: 10315 // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an enumerated 10316 // type 10317 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record 10318 = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>( 10319 TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) 10320 if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getIdentifier() == Id) 10321 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Id; 10322 10323 EnumConstantDecl *New = 10324 CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val); 10325 10326 if (New) { 10327 // Process attributes. 10328 if (Attr) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 10329 10330 // Register this decl in the current scope stack. 10331 New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess()); 10332 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 10333 } 10334 10335 return New; 10336 } 10337 10338 // Emits a warning if every element in the enum is the same value and if 10339 // every element is initialized with a integer or boolean literal. 10340 static void CheckForUniqueEnumValues(Sema &S, Decl **Elements, 10341 unsigned NumElements, EnumDecl *Enum, 10342 QualType EnumType) { 10343 if (S.Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_identical_enum_values, 10344 Enum->getLocation()) == 10345 DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 10346 return; 10347 10348 if (NumElements < 2) 10349 return; 10350 10351 if (!Enum->getIdentifier()) 10352 return; 10353 10354 llvm::APSInt FirstVal; 10355 10356 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) { 10357 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 10358 if (!ECD) 10359 return; 10360 10361 Expr *InitExpr = ECD->getInitExpr(); 10362 if (!InitExpr) 10363 return; 10364 InitExpr = InitExpr->IgnoreImpCasts(); 10365 if (!isa<IntegerLiteral>(InitExpr) && !isa<CXXBoolLiteralExpr>(InitExpr)) 10366 return; 10367 10368 if (i == 0) { 10369 FirstVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 10370 continue; 10371 } 10372 10373 if (FirstVal != ECD->getInitVal()) 10374 return; 10375 } 10376 10377 S.Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::warn_identical_enum_values) 10378 << EnumType << FirstVal.toString(10) 10379 << Enum->getSourceRange(); 10380 10381 EnumConstantDecl *Last = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[NumElements - 1]), 10382 *Next = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[NumElements - 2]); 10383 10384 S.Diag(Last->getLocation(), diag::note_identical_enum_values) 10385 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Last->getInitExpr()->getSourceRange(), 10386 Next->getName()); 10387 } 10388 10389 void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 10390 SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDeclX, 10391 Decl **Elements, unsigned NumElements, 10392 Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) { 10393 EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX); 10394 QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum); 10395 10396 if (Attr) 10397 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr); 10398 10399 if (Enum->isDependentType()) { 10400 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) { 10401 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 10402 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 10403 if (!ECD) continue; 10404 10405 ECD->setType(EnumType); 10406 } 10407 10408 Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0); 10409 return; 10410 } 10411 10412 // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long 10413 // long value. ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension, 10414 // emit a warning. 10415 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 10416 unsigned CharWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth(); 10417 unsigned ShortWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getShortWidth(); 10418 10419 // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and 10420 // reverse the list. 10421 unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0; 10422 unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0; 10423 10424 // Keep track of whether all elements have type int. 10425 bool AllElementsInt = true; 10426 10427 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) { 10428 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 10429 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 10430 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 10431 10432 const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 10433 10434 // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values. 10435 if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative()) 10436 NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits, 10437 (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits()); 10438 else 10439 NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits, 10440 (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits()); 10441 10442 // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon). 10443 if (AllElementsInt) 10444 AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy; 10445 } 10446 10447 // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum. 10448 QualType BestType; 10449 unsigned BestWidth; 10450 10451 // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3: 10452 // An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying 10453 // type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first 10454 // of the following types that can represent all the values of 10455 // the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long 10456 // int, long long int, or unsigned long long int. 10457 // C99 6.4.4.3p2: 10458 // An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int. 10459 // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension 10460 QualType BestPromotionType; 10461 10462 bool Packed = Enum->getAttr<PackedAttr>() ? true : false; 10463 // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all 10464 // enum definitions. 10465 if (LangOpts.ShortEnums) 10466 Packed = true; 10467 10468 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 10469 BestType = Enum->getIntegerType(); 10470 if (BestType->isPromotableIntegerType()) 10471 BestPromotionType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(BestType); 10472 else 10473 BestPromotionType = BestType; 10474 // We don't need to set BestWidth, because BestType is going to be the type 10475 // of the enumerators, but we do anyway because otherwise some compilers 10476 // warn that it might be used uninitialized. 10477 BestWidth = CharWidth; 10478 } 10479 else if (NumNegativeBits) { 10480 // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of 10481 // int/long/longlong) that fits. 10482 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 10483 if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) { 10484 BestType = Context.SignedCharTy; 10485 BestWidth = CharWidth; 10486 } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth && 10487 NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) { 10488 BestType = Context.ShortTy; 10489 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 10490 } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) { 10491 BestType = Context.IntTy; 10492 BestWidth = IntWidth; 10493 } else { 10494 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth(); 10495 10496 if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) { 10497 BestType = Context.LongTy; 10498 } else { 10499 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 10500 10501 if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth) 10502 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::warn_enum_too_large); 10503 BestType = Context.LongLongTy; 10504 } 10505 } 10506 BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType); 10507 } else { 10508 // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits 10509 // all of the enumerator values. 10510 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 10511 if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) { 10512 BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy; 10513 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 10514 BestWidth = CharWidth; 10515 } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) { 10516 BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy; 10517 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 10518 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 10519 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) { 10520 BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy; 10521 BestWidth = IntWidth; 10522 BestPromotionType 10523 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 10524 ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy; 10525 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= 10526 (BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())) { 10527 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy; 10528 BestPromotionType 10529 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 10530 ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy; 10531 } else { 10532 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 10533 assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth && 10534 "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?"); 10535 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy; 10536 BestPromotionType 10537 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 10538 ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy; 10539 } 10540 } 10541 10542 // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match 10543 // the type of the enum if needed. 10544 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) { 10545 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 10546 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 10547 10548 // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an 10549 // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size. If each 10550 // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the 10551 // same as the enumerator decl itself. This means that in "enum { X = 1U }" 10552 // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'. 10553 10554 // Determine whether the value fits into an int. 10555 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 10556 10557 // If it fits into an integer type, force it. Otherwise force it to match 10558 // the enum decl type. 10559 QualType NewTy; 10560 unsigned NewWidth; 10561 bool NewSign; 10562 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 10563 !Enum->isFixed() && 10564 isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) { 10565 NewTy = Context.IntTy; 10566 NewWidth = IntWidth; 10567 NewSign = true; 10568 } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) { 10569 // Already the right type! 10570 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 10571 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 10572 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 10573 // enumeration. 10574 ECD->setType(EnumType); 10575 continue; 10576 } else { 10577 NewTy = BestType; 10578 NewWidth = BestWidth; 10579 NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType(); 10580 } 10581 10582 // Adjust the APSInt value. 10583 InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth); 10584 InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign); 10585 ECD->setInitVal(InitVal); 10586 10587 // Adjust the Expr initializer and type. 10588 if (ECD->getInitExpr() && 10589 !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType())) 10590 ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy, 10591 CK_IntegralCast, 10592 ECD->getInitExpr(), 10593 /*base paths*/ 0, 10594 VK_RValue)); 10595 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 10596 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 10597 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 10598 // enumeration. 10599 ECD->setType(EnumType); 10600 else 10601 ECD->setType(NewTy); 10602 } 10603 10604 Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType, 10605 NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits); 10606 10607 // If we're declaring a function, ensure this decl isn't forgotten about - 10608 // it needs to go into the function scope. 10609 if (InFunctionDeclarator) 10610 DeclsInPrototypeScope.push_back(Enum); 10611 10612 CheckForUniqueEnumValues(*this, Elements, NumElements, Enum, EnumType); 10613 } 10614 10615 Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr, 10616 SourceLocation StartLoc, 10617 SourceLocation EndLoc) { 10618 StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr); 10619 10620 FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 10621 AsmString, StartLoc, 10622 EndLoc); 10623 CurContext->addDecl(New); 10624 return New; 10625 } 10626 10627 DeclResult Sema::ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc, 10628 SourceLocation ImportLoc, 10629 ModuleIdPath Path) { 10630 Module *Mod = PP.getModuleLoader().loadModule(ImportLoc, Path, 10631 Module::AllVisible, 10632 /*IsIncludeDirective=*/false); 10633 if (!Mod) 10634 return true; 10635 10636 llvm::SmallVector<SourceLocation, 2> IdentifierLocs; 10637 Module *ModCheck = Mod; 10638 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Path.size(); I != N; ++I) { 10639 // If we've run out of module parents, just drop the remaining identifiers. 10640 // We need the length to be consistent. 10641 if (!ModCheck) 10642 break; 10643 ModCheck = ModCheck->Parent; 10644 10645 IdentifierLocs.push_back(Path[I].second); 10646 } 10647 10648 ImportDecl *Import = ImportDecl::Create(Context, 10649 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 10650 AtLoc.isValid()? AtLoc : ImportLoc, 10651 Mod, IdentifierLocs); 10652 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->addDecl(Import); 10653 return Import; 10654 } 10655 10656 void Sema::ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* Name, 10657 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 10658 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 10659 SourceLocation NameLoc, 10660 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 10661 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, 10662 LookupOrdinaryName); 10663 AsmLabelAttr *Attr = 10664 ::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(AliasNameLoc, Context, AliasName->getName()); 10665 10666 if (PrevDecl) 10667 PrevDecl->addAttr(Attr); 10668 else 10669 (void)ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 10670 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>(Name, Attr)); 10671 } 10672 10673 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name, 10674 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 10675 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 10676 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 10677 10678 if (PrevDecl) { 10679 PrevDecl->addAttr(::new (Context) WeakAttr(PragmaLoc, Context)); 10680 } else { 10681 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 10682 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> 10683 (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)0, NameLoc))); 10684 } 10685 } 10686 10687 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name, 10688 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 10689 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 10690 SourceLocation NameLoc, 10691 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 10692 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc, 10693 LookupOrdinaryName); 10694 WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc); 10695 10696 if (PrevDecl) { 10697 if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) 10698 if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl)) 10699 DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W); 10700 } else { 10701 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 10702 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W)); 10703 } 10704 } 10705 10706 Decl *Sema::getObjCDeclContext() const { 10707 return (dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext)); 10708 } 10709 10710 AvailabilityResult Sema::getCurContextAvailability() const { 10711 const Decl *D = cast<Decl>(getCurLexicalContext()); 10712 // A category implicitly has the availability of the interface. 10713 if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CatD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(D)) 10714 D = CatD->getClassInterface(); 10715 10716 return D->getAvailability(); 10717 } 10718